Components | All | New | MacOS | Windows | Linux | iOS | ||||
Examples | Mac & Win | Server | Client | Guides | Statistic | FMM | Blog | Deprecated | Old |
All cross-platform functions (Mac and Windows)
The functions listed below should work on MacOS and Windows. Some work on Server or Linux, too.
Item | Details | Server |
---|---|---|
AVRecorder.AddPreviewToWindow Adds a preview area to the window. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.AddPreviewWithControl Adds a preview area to the window using placeholder control. | 10.3 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.AudioDeviceCount Queries number of audio devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.AudioDeviceInfo Queries details about audio device. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.CaptureStillPhoto Captures a still image. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.ClosePreview Closes the preview view. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.GetAudioDevice Queries name of audio device in use. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.GetFilePath Queries the current file path. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.GetVideoDevice Queries name of video device in use. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.Init Starts a new recording session. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.IsRecording Queries whether we are recording. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.List Lists all IDs of recorder objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
AVRecorder.Release Releases a recording session. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.ReleaseAll Releases all recording sessions. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.SetAudioDevice Sets the audio device to use. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.SetFilePath Sets the file path for recording. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.SetVideoDevice Sets the video device to use. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.StartPreview Starts the preview. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.StartRecording Starts recording. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.StopRecording Stops recording. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.VideoDeviceCount Queries number of video devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AVRecorder.VideoDeviceInfo Queries details about video device. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
AddToErrorLog Adds log entry to current error log. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
App.Exit Quits the current process. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
App.GetFocussedWindowTitle Queries the title of the focussed window, when run. | 12.5 |
❌ Server |
App.GetProcessName Queries the name of the application. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
App.GetProcessPath Queries the path of the application. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
App.MemoryUsed Queries amount of memory used. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
App.PlaySystemSound Plays a system sound with given name. | 11.3 |
❌ Server |
App.ProcessID Queries process ID. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
Archive.AddContainer Adds a container value to the current archive. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
Archive.AddFile Add files to the current archive. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
Archive.AddText Add a text file to the archive. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
Archive.BZip2Version Queries version of bzip2 library. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
Archive.Close Closes the current archive. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
Archive.Compress Compresses files to an archive. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Archive.CompressContainer Compresses one container into a new archive. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Archive.CompressText Compresses a text into a new archive. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Archive.Content Lists content of archive as JSON. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Archive.Create Creates a new archive. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
Archive.Extract Extracts files in an archive. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Archive.ExtractFile Extracts one file and returns as container. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
Archive.FileList Lists file paths in the archive. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Archive.GZipDecompress Extracts content of gzip file as container. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
Archive.IsOpen New in 14.6 Queries whether an archive is currently open. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
Archive.LZ4Version Queries version of lz4 library. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
Archive.LibVersion Queries version of LibArchive. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Archive.LibVersionDetails Queries version of LibArchive. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Archive.SupportedFormats Returns the list of supported formats. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Archive.Verify Verifies files in an archive. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Archive.ZLibVersion Queries version of zlib library. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
Archive.ZStdVersion Queries version of zest library. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
Archive.lzmaVersion Queries version of lzma library. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
Audit.Backup Log record. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
Audit.Backup2 Log record. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
Audit.BaseTableNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for the base table name for a given table occurrence ID. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.BuildCaches New in 14.5 Builds caches for Audit. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
Audit.Changed Log record change. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Audit.Changed2 Same as Audit.Changed, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.ClearCaches Clears internal caches for audit functions. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.Delete Log record deletion. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Audit.Delete2 Same as Audit.Delete, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.FieldIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a field name. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
Audit.FieldNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for a field ID. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetDateAndTimeAsNumbers Queries state for this option. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetEnabled Queries enable status. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetIgnoreCalculations Queries whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetIgnoreEmptyFieldsForCreate New in 14.6 Queries whether to ignore empty fields for create. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetIgnoreRepetitions Queries whether repetition fields should be ignored. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetIgnoreSummaryFields Queries whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Queries the state of the underscore ignore setting. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetIgnoredFieldNames Queries list of ignored field names. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetLogAccess Queries whether plugin logs access. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.GetUUIDField Queries UUID field name. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.Hash Hashes the field/value. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetDateAndTimeAsNumbers Sets whether time values are stored as numbers. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetEnabled Turns audit globally on or off. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetIgnoreCalculations Set whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetIgnoreEmptyFieldsForCreate New in 14.6 Sets whether to ignore empty fields for create. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetIgnoreRepetitions Whether to ignore repetitions. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetIgnoreSummaryFields Set whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Sets whether to ignore all field names whose name starts with underscore character. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetIgnoredFieldNames Sets the ignored field names. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetLogAccess Sets whether access is logged. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.SetUUIDField Sets the UUID field name. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
Audit.Statistics Queries statistics for Audit functions. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Audit.TableIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a table name. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
Audit.TableNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for the table name for a given table occurrence ID. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.Detect Detects a barcode. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.DetectAsJSON New in 14.5 Detects barcodes and returns JSON. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.DrawBarcode Draws a barcode into a PDF page. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.EANChecksum Calculates checksum for EAN barcodes. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.Generate Generates a barcode. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.GenerateJSON Generates a barcode. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.GetInputMode Queries input mode. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.GetOption Queries option by index. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.GetPrimary Queries primary parameter. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.ISBNChecksum Calculates checksum for ISBN barcodes. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.LibVersion Queries version of Zint library. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.LoadLibrary Loads the zbar library. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.Loaded Whether the zbar library is loaded. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.Modulo10Checksum Calculate checksum with Modulo 10 recursive. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.Scan Scans for barcodes in a picture. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.SetInputMode Sets input mode. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.SetOption Sets option by index. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.SetOptions Sets options for barcode creation. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.SetPrimary Sets primary parameter. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.UPCChecksum Calculates checksum for UPC barcodes. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.WriteFile Generates a barcode and writes to file. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Barcode.ZBarVersion Queries version of zbar library. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.Append Opens a file to append data. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.Close Closes a file. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.Create Creates a new file. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.EOF Queries whether we are at the end of the current file. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.Length Queries length of current file. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.List Lists all IDs of binary file objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.Open Opens an existing file for reading. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.Position Queries current file position. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.ReadByte Reads a single byte from the file. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.ReadContainer Read some data and interpret them as container. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.ReadFloat Reads a float value. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.ReadHex Read data and returns as hex text. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.ReadInt Reads an integer value. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.ReadPDF Reads data as PDF. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.ReadText Reads text from file. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.Seek Moves file pointer to new position. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.WriteByte Writes a single byte value to the file. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.WriteContainer Writes a container value to the file. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.WriteFloat Writes a float value. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.WriteHex Writes hex encoded data. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.WriteInt Writes an integer value. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
BinaryFile.WriteText Writes a text file with the given text. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
Bonjour.Browse Starts browse for given type. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
Bonjour.JSON Query current results as JSON. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
Bonjour.Register Register a service. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
Bonjour.RegisteredName Queries registered name. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
CF Shorter version for FM.CF. | 14.1 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.AllocateArray Allocates an array parameter. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.Call Calls a C function. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.FreeArray Free an array parameter. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.GetArray Queries values of an array. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.GetArrayByteSize Queries byte size of allocated array. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.List Lists all IDs of function objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.Name Queries name of the function. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.ParameterCount Queries parameter count for function. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.ParameterType Queries parameter type for a parameter. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.Release Releases the function and all memory used for it. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.ReleaseAll Frees all functions. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.ReturnType Queries return type. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.SetArray Sets values of an array. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CFunction.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.List Lists all IDs of library objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.Load Loads a C library. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.LoadFunction Loads a function from a library. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.Name Queries name of the library. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.Release Releases the library and all memory used for it. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.ReleaseAll Frees all libraries. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
CLibrary.Symbols Queries list of symbols of a library. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.AWSPresignURL Query predigend URL for Amazon Webservices. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.AddInputFile Adds input to file data from the container value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
CURL.AddInputGIF Adds input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.AddInputJPEG Adds input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
CURL.AddInputPDF Adds input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.AddInputPNG Adds input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
CURL.AddInputText Adds input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
CURL.AvailableSSLBackends Queries the list of available SSL backends. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Cancel Cancels a running transfer in background. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Check Checks for curl events. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.CloseDebugFile Closes the debug output file. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.CloseHeaderFile Closes the header output file. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.CloseInputFile Closes the input file. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.CloseOutputFile Closes the data output file. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.CreateDebugOutputFile Creates output file for writing debug messages. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.CreateHeaderOutputFile Creates output file for writing header text. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.CreateOutputFile Creates output file for downloading data. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.ErrorCode Returns the last CURL error code. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.ErrorMessage Returns the last CURL error message. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Features Queries features in the CURL library. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FileInfos Queries file listing as JSON. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormAddKeyContainer Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormAddKeyContainerContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormAddKeyFile Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormAddKeyFileContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormAddKeyText Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormAddKeyTextContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormAddKeyValue Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormAddKeyValueContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormClear Clears current form data. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.FormFinish Finishes constructing a form. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetActiveSocket Receive the active socket used by this curl session. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetAppConnectTime Queries connect time. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetBatchCurrentFileName Queries current file name. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetBatchCurrentFilePath Queries current file path. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetBatchDestinationPath Queries destination path. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetBatchFileNames Queries list of file names downloaded. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetCAInfo Queries default CAInfo value. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetCAPath Queries default CAPath value. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetCertInfo Queries information on the certificate chain. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetConditionUnmet Get the number 1 if the condition provided in the previous request didn't match. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetConnectTime Queries connect time. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetContentLengthDownload Get the content-length of the download. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetContentLengthUpload Get the specified size of the upload. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetContentType Get the content-type of the downloaded object. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetCookieList Get list of all cookies cURL known (expired ones, too). | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetDebugLength Queries the current length in bytes of the debug messages buffer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetDebugMessages Returns the debug output of the transaction as text. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetDebugWithProgress Queries whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetDebugWithTime Queries whether times are included in debug messages. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetEffectiveMethod Get the last used effective HTTP method. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetEffectiveURL Get the last used effective URL. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFTPEntryPath Get a string holding the path of the entry path. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFailedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer failed. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFailedFileName Queries the file name for the script to call in case of failed transfer. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFailedScriptName Queries the script name for the script to call in case of failed transfer. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFileTime Get the remote time of the retrieved document. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetFormData Queries form data as it would be sent currently. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetHTTPAuthAvail Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetHTTPConnectCode Get the last received proxy response code to a CONNECT request. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetHTTPVersion Queries http version. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetHeaderAsJSON Returns headers parsed as JSON. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetHeaderLength Queries the current length in bytes of the header buffer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetHeaderSize Get the total size of all the headers received. Measured in number of bytes. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetHeaders Returns the headers of the transaction as text. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetInputAsText Returns the input of the transaction as text. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetInputLength Queries the current length in bytes of the input buffer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetLocalIP Queries local IP. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetLocalPort Get the local (source) port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMQTTFileName Queries script name set to run for incoming MQTT file name. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMQTTMessages Queries JSON array with messages. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMQTTScriptName Queries script name set to run for incoming MQTT script name. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Queries chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Queries content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConcurrentStreams Queries max connections per server. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConnects Queries max connects setting. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Queries max host connections value. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Queries max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Queries max total connections value. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiOptionPipelining Queries pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetMultiRunningTransfers Queries running transfers count. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetNameLookupTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the name resolving was completed. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetNumConnects Queries new connections count for transfer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOSErrNo Get the errno variable from a connect failure. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionConnectTo Queries connect to list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionCustomRequest Queries current custom request value. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionHTTP200Aliases Queries HTTP 200 aliases list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionHTTPHeader Queries HTTP request headers. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionMailRecipients Queries mail recipients list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionPostFields Queries current post fields value. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionPostQuote Queries post quote list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionPreQuote Queries pre quote list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionProxyHeader Queries proxy header request list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionQuote Queries quote list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionResolve Queries resolve list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionTelnetOptions Queries telnet options list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionURL Queries current URL value. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetOptionUserName Queries current user name value. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetPreTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the file transfer is just about to begin. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetPrimaryIP Queries primary IP. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetPrimaryPort Get the destination port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProgressCurrentDownload Queries current number of bytes downloaded. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProgressCurrentUpload Queries current number of bytes uploaded. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProgressFileName Queries progress script file name. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProgressPercent Queries progress in percent. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProgressScriptName Queries script name to be called for progress. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProgressTotalDownload Queries total number of bytes to download. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProgressTotalUpload Queries total number of bytes to upload. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProxyAuthAvail Queries available proxy authentication methods. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProxyError Queries proxy error code. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetProxySSLVerifyResult Queries result of proxy ssl verification. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRTSPCSEQRecv Query RTSP sequence counter received. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRTSPClientCSEQ Query RTSP Client sequence counter. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRTSPServerCSEQ Query RTSP Server sequence counter. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRTSPSessionID Query RTSP session ID. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRedirectCount Get the total number of redirections that were actually followed. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRedirectTime Queries redirect time. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRedirectURL Queries redirect URL. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetReferer Queries referrer text. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRequestSize Get the total size of the issued requests. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResponseCode Get the last received HTTP or FTP code. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsContainer Returns the result of the transaction as container value with auto detection of type. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsData Returns the result of the transaction as data file. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsEMailList Parses result of an IMAP list query. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsEmail Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as email. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsGIF Returns the result of the transaction as GIF image. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsJPEG Returns the result of the transaction as JPEG image. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsMime Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as mime data. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsPDF Returns the result of the transaction as PDF. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsPNG Returns the result of the transaction as PNG image. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultAsText Returns the result of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetResultLength Queries the current length in bytes of the result buffer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetRetryAfter Returns the Retry-After retry delay. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSSLEngines Get a linked-list of OpenSSL crypto-engines supported. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSSLVerifyResult Get the result of the certification verification that was requested. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetScheme Queries scheme. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSizeDownload Get the total amount of bytes that were downloaded. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSizeUpload Get the total amount of bytes that were uploaded. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSpeedDownload Get the average download speed that curl measured for the complete download. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSpeedUpload Get the average upload speed that curl measured for the complete upload. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetStartTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the first byte is received by libcurl. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSucceededEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer succeeded. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSucceededFileName Queries the file name for the script to call in case of successful transfer. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetSucceededScriptName Queries the script name for the script to call in case of successful transfer. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.GetTotalTime Queries total time of transfer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Host Queries host value from compiling. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.IsRunning Checks whether a transfer is still running. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.LibIDNVersion Queried LibIDN version. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.LibSSHVersion Queries SSH library version. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.LibSSLVersion Returns SSL Library version. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.List Lists all IDs of current CURL transfers. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.LoadLibrary Loads a custom CURL library. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.New Start a new CURL easy session. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.NumberOfRunningTransfers Queries number of running transfers. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.OpenInputFile Opens file for reading data needed for upload, email sending or HTTP Post. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Options Queries all CURL options set for this CURL handle. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Perform Perform a file transfer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.PerformAsync Perform a curl transfer asynchronously. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
CURL.PerformInBackground Perform a file transfer in background. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.ProcessRelativeURL Processes an URL to come from relative URL to a new absolute URL. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Protocols Queries list of supported protocols. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.ReceiveData Receives raw data on a connection. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.ReceiveText Receives raw data on a connection as text. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Release End a CURL session. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.ReleaseAll Releases all CURL objects. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Reset Resets the CURL session. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.RunningTransfers Queries list of running transfers. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SendData Sends raw data over a connection. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SendText Sends raw data with text over a connection. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetBatchDestinationPath Sets the destination path for batch downloads. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetDebugWithProgress Sets whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetDebugWithTime Sets whether times are included in debug log. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetFailedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer failed. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetFailedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer failed. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
CURL.SetInputFile Sets input to file data from the container value. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetInputGIF Sets input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetInputJPEG Sets input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetInputPDF Sets input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetInputPNG Sets input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetInputText Sets input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMQTTScript Sets script to run when we receive a MQTT message,. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Sets chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Sets content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConcurrentStreams Sets max connections per server. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConnects Sets max connects setting. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Sets max host connections value. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Sets max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Sets max total connections value. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetMultiOptionPipelining Sets pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionAWSSigV4 Provides AWS V4 signature authentication on HTTP(S) header. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionAbstractUnixSocket Sets path to an abstract Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionAcceptEncoding Enables automatic decompression of HTTP downloads. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionAcceptTimeoutMS Sets time-out for accept. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionAddressScope Sets the IPv6 scope_id. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionAppend Whether to append file instead of overwriting it. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionAutoReferer Set whether to set automatically the referrer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionBufferSize Sets the buffer size. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCACacheTimeout Sets the life-time for cached certificate stores. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCAInfo Sets a path to find certificate file. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCAInfoBlob Sets CAInfo as blob value. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCAPATH Sets the certificate directory. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCRLF Whether to convert newline characters. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCRLFile Sets the CRL file path. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCertInfo Whether to collect certificate information. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionConnectOnly Connect only. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionConnectTimeoutMS Sets the connection timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionConnectTo Sets the connect to list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionConnectionTimeout Sets the connection timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCookie Sets the cookie for the current http transfer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCookieFile Sets the cookie file location. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCookieJar Sets the cookie storage file. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCookieList Sets the cookie string. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCookieSession Set to 1 to mark this as a new cookie "session". | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionCustomRequest Sets a custom request. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDNSCacheTimeout Sets the DNS Cache Timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDNSInterface Set the name of the network interface that the DNS resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv4 Set the local IPv4 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv6 Set the local IPv6 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDNSServers Set the name servers to use for DNS resolution. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDNSShuffleAddresses Whether to shuffle DNS addresses. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyHost Whether to verify the host name in the DOH (DNS-over-HTTPS) SSL certificate. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyPeer Whether to verify the DOH SSL certificate. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyStatus Whether to verify the DOH SSL certificate's status. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDOHURL Provides the DNS-over-HTTPS URL. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDefaultProtocol Set the protocol used when curl is given a URL without a protocol. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDirListOnly Whether to only query names in directory file listing. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionDisallowUserNameInURL Disallow specifying username/login in URL. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionExpect100TimeoutMS Sets Expect 100 timeout. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPAccount Sets the FTP account name. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPAlternativeToUser Whether to use alternative USER command. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPCreateMissingDirs Whether to create missing directories. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPFileMethod Which command to use for reaching a file. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPPort Sets the ports to use for FTP. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLAuth Sets which SSL Authentication to use. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLCCC If enabled, this option makes libcurl use CCC (Clear Command Channel). | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPSkipPasvIP Whether to skip IP address for PASV. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPRT Whether to use EPRT command. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPSV Whether to use EPSV command. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFTPUsePret Whether to use PRET command. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFailOnError Whether to fail on http errors. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFileOnlyMode Disables collecting data for Result functions. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFileTime Whether to query file time. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation Enables or disables following locations. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionForbidReuse Whether to disallow reusing connections. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionFreshConnect Sets whether to not reuse old connections. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionGSSAPIDelegation Allow GSSAPI credential delegation. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionGet Sets the transfer to be a HTTP Get. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHAProxyProtocol Whether to send an HAProxy PROXY protocol header. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHTTP200Aliases Sets list of aliases to be treated as valid HTTP 200 responses. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHTTPAuth Defines which HTTP authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHTTPContentDecoding Sets how to act on content decoding. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHTTPHeader Sets the http header list. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHTTPProxyTunnel Set to 1 to make the library tunnel all operations through a given HTTP proxy. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHTTPTransferDecoding Sets how to act on transfer decoding. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHTTPVersion Sets which HTTP version is used. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHappyEyeballsTimeOutMS Sets the happy eyeballs timeout. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHeader Whether to include headers in output. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionHeaderOptions Pass in a bitmask of "header options". | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionIPResolve Allows an application to select what kind of IP addresses to use when resolving host names. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionIgnoreContentLength Whether to ignore the Content-Length header. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionInFileSize Sets the file input size. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionInterface This sets the interface name to use as outgoing network interface. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionIssuerCert Sets the file path for the CA certificate in PEM format. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionIssuerCertBlob Set issuer SSL certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionKRBLevel Sets the kerberos security level for FTP. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionKeepSendingOnError Sets whether to keep sending on error. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionKeyPassword Sets the password for the SSL or SSH private key. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionLocalPort This sets the local port number of the socket used for connection. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionLocalPortRange This is the number of attempts curl should make to find a working local port number. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionLoginOptions Sets login options string to use for the transfer. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedLimit Sets the minimum required speed. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedTime Sets how long a transfer is allowed to run with low speed. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMailAuth Sets the mail auth option. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMailFrom Sets the mail sender. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMailRecipients Sets the recipients list. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMaxAgeConn Sets the maximum connection age. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMaxConnects Sets the persistent connection cache size. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMaxFileSize Sets the maximum file size for download. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMaxLifeTimeConnection Sets maximum lifetime (since creation) allowed for reusing a connection. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMaxRecvSpeed Sets the maximum download speed. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMaxRedirs Sets the redirection limit. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMaxSendSpeed Sets the maximum sending speed. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionMimeOptions Set MIME option flags. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionNETRCFile Sets the full path to the netrc file. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionNetRC Sets netrc file preference. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionNewDirectoryPerms Sets the new directory permissions. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionNewFilePerms Sets the new file permissions. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionNoBody Whether to ignore the body of the download. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionNoProxy Sets which hosts don't use a proxy. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPassword Sets the password for this transfer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPathAsIs Set to pass path as it is and do not resolve dots. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPinnedPublicKey Set the public key in DER form used to validate the peer public key. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPipeWait Sets Wait/don't wait for pipe/mutex to clarify. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPort Sets the port number for the connection. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPost Sets transfer to be a HTTP Post. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPostFields Sets the post fields. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPostQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server after your FTP transfer request. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPostRedir Sets the redirect policy. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPreProxy Name of pre proxy to use. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionPreQuote Sets the list of FTP commands to pass to the server after the transfer type is set. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProtocolsString The protocols to allow. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxy Set HTTP proxy to use. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyAuth Sets which authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfo The CApath or CAfile used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfoBlob Sets CAInfo for proxy as blob value. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyCAPath Set the CApath directory used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyCRLFile Sets CRL file for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyHeader Set list of headers used for proxy requests only. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyIssuerCert Sets the proxy issuer SSL certificate filename. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyIssuerCertBlob Set proxy issuer SSL certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyKeyPassword Sets password for the SSL private key for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyPassword The password to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyPinnedPublicKey Sets pinned public key for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyPort The proxy port to connect to unless it is specified in the proxy string with CURL.SetOptionProxy. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCert Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertBlob Sets private key for proxy cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertType Sets type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCipherList Specify which SSL ciphers to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKey Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyBlob Set private key for proxy cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyType Sets type of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyHost Enable SSL Host verification. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyPeer Set if we should verify the proxy in ssl handshake. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyServiceName Sets Proxy Service Name. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use for proxy. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthPassword Set a password for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthType Set authentication type for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthUsername Set a username for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyTransferMode Whether to pass transfer mode to proxy. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyType Sets the type of the proxy. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionProxyUsername The user name to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionQuickExit Whether to allow to exit quickly. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server prior to your FTP request. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRTSPClientCSEQ Manually initialize the client RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRTSPRequest RTSP request method (OPTIONS, SETUP, PLAY, etc...) | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRTSPServerCSEQ Manually initialize the server RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRTSPSessionID The RTSP session identifier. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRTSPStreamURI The RTSP stream URI. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRTSPTransport The Transport: header to use in RTSP requests. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRange Sets the range. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRedirProtocolsString Sets the protocols allowed to redirect to. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionReferer Sets the referrer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionRequestTarget Set the request target, instead of extracted from the URL. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionResolve Sets resolve list. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionResumeFrom Sets the resume from offset. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSASLAuthZID Sets the authorisation identity (identity to act as). | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSASLIR Enable/disable SASL initial response. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSHAuthTypes Sets the SSL authentication types. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSHCompression Enable/disable SSH compression. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeyMD5 Sets MD5 hash for public key. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeySHA256 Sets the SHA256 hash of SSH server public key. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSHKnownHosts Sets the file path of the known_host file to use. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSHPrivateKeyfile Sets the file path for your private key. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSHPublicKeyfile Sets the file path for the public key file. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLCert Sets the file path for the certificate. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLCertBlob Set SSL client certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLCertType Sets the format of the certificate. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLCipherList Sets the list of ciphers to use for the SSL connection. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableALPN Enable/disable TLS ALPN extension. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLFalseStart Set if we should enable TLS false start. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLKey Sets the file path for the private key. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyBlob Set private key for client cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyType Sets the format of the private key. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLSessionIDCache Controls SSL session-ID caching. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyHost Sets whether to verify host. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyPeer Whether to verify the peer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyStatus Set if we should verify the certificate status. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionServerResponseTimeout Sets the timeout for FTP responses. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionServiceName Sets Service Name. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSocks5Auth Sets allowed authentication methods for SOCKS 5 proxies | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPINec Sets how to run the protection mode negotiation. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionStreamDepends Sets stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionStreamDependsE Sets exclusive stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionStreamWeight Set stream weight, 1 - 256. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionSuppressConnectHeaders Suppress proxy CONNECT response headers from header data. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTCPFastOpen Set TCP Fast Open. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepAlive Enable TCP keep-alive probing. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepIdle Set TCP keep-alive idle time wait. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepInterval Set TCP keep-alive interval. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTCPNoDelay Sets the TCP delay option. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTFTPBlockSize Specify block size to use for TFTP data transmission. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTFTPNoOptions Sets to whether not send any tftp option requests to the server. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthPassword Sets the TSL authentication password. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthType Sets the TLS authentication type. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthUsername Sets the TSL authentication user name. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTelnetOptions Sets a list of telnet options. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTimeCondition Sets the time | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTimeOut Sets the maximum time in seconds that you allow the transfer operation to take. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTimeValue Sets the time value. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTimeoutMS Sets the transfer timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTransferEncoding Ask for HTTP Transfer Encoding. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionTransferText Whether to use ASCII mode for FTP transfer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionURL Sets the actual URL to deal with. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionUnixSocketPath Set path to Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionUnrestrictedAuth Controls whether authentication is reused. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionUpkeepIntervalMS Connection upkeep interval. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionUpload Sets this transfer to be an upload. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionUploadBufferSize Set preferred upload buffer size. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionUseSSL Sets whether to use SSL for next transfers. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionUserAgent The user agent text string. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionUserName Sets the user name string for the transfer. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionVerbose Whether to store log messages. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionWebSocketOptions Sets WebSocket behaviour options. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionWildCardMatch Enable wildcard matching. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetOptionXOAuth2Bearer The XOAUTH2 bearer token. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetProgressEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetProgressScript Sets the progress script. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
CURL.SetSSLBackend Sets which backend to use for SSL connections. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetSucceededEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer succeeded. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetSucceededScript Sets which script to call when a transfer succeeded. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetUpdateProgressDialog Sets whether progress dialog should be automatically updated. | 2.5 |
❌ Server |
CURL.SetupAWS Setup CURL to transfer to Amazon Webservices. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.SetupOAuth Setups an OAuth signed transfer. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Upkeep Perform any connection upkeep checks. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.UseSystemCertificates Read certificate from system and installs them in CURL session,. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
CURL.Version Queries curl version string. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
CURL.WebSocketReceive Receive WebSocket data. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
CURL.WebSocketSend Send the specific message fragment over an established WebSocket connection. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
ClearErrors Clears error counter. | 12.2 |
✅ Server |
ClearRegistration Clears registration details stored with StoreRegistration. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Clipboard.Clear Clears the clipboard content. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.DetectFileMakerDataType Checks which type of data is in the XML. | 10.1 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetData Queries data from clipboard item. | 4.4 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetFileMakerData Queries the xml text of a FileMaker layout/script object. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetFiles Queries file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetHTMLText Queries styled text from clipboard as HTML. | 6.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetPDF Queries PDF in the clipboard. | 12.2 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetPicture Queries a picture from clipboard. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetRTFText Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetStyledText Queries styled text from clipboard. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetText Queries clipboard content as text. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.GetTypes Queries the list of data types on the clipboard. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.SetFileMakerData Puts the xml text on the clipboard for a FileMaker layout/script object. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.SetFiles Puts a list of file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.SetHTMLText Puts HTML data on the clipboard. | 6.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.SetPDF Puts PDF in the clipboard. | 12.2 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.SetPicture Sets clipboard picture. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.SetRTFText Puts RTF data on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.SetStyledText Put styled text on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Clipboard.SetText Sets the text on the clipboard. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
CompileDate Returns the date the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
✅ Server |
CompileTime The time of day that the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
✅ Server |
Container.Compress Compresses a container value. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.DecodeFromBase64 Decodes data from base64 text into a container value. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.DecodeFromHex Decodes data from hex text into a container value. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Container.Decompress Decompresses a container value. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.Deserialize Restores a serialized container value. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Container.Export Writes selected data content from a container to a file path. | 1.6 |
✅ Server |
Container.ExtractStream Extracts a single frame and returns as new container value. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetBase64 Returns the base 64 encoded value of the container. | 1.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetCount Counts the number of types in a container field. | 1.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetDataURL Returns the complete Data url for an image stored in a container field. | 1.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetHeight Returns the Height of the image in pixels. | 1.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetHex Returns the hex encoded value of the container. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetName Queries the path list from a container. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetResolution Queries the DPI settings stored in a container. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetSize Returns the size of the container. | 1.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetText Returns the text value of the container data. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetTotalSize Returns the size of the whole container in bytes. | 1.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetType Returns the type at the given index (zero based). | 1.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetTypeSize Returns the size of the indicated object type in container field. | 1.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetTypes Returns the list of objects in the container field. | 1.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.GetWidth Returns the Width of the image in pixels. | 1.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Container.IsCompressed Queries whether container is compressed. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Container.ReadArchive Reads an archived container. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.ReadImage Reads and convert image. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.ReadImageFile Reads and convert image file. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
Container.Remove Removes a stream from container value. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.RemovePreview Removes the preview from a container value. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
Container.Rename Renames the file path in a container value. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Container.RenameStream Renames a stream in a container. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Container.Screenshot Takes screenshot from a named control in FileMaker. | 11.4 |
❌ Server |
Container.Serialize Serialized a container as a text. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Container.WriteArchive Writes an archive with container value. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
Container.WriteFile Writes a file with the given container. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.Address Queries the address. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.Alias Queries the alias. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.AliasCount Queries number of aliases. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.List Lists all IDs of DNSLookup objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.LookupHostByAddress Queries the domain name for an IP. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.LookupHostByName Queries the IP for domain. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.Name Queries the name found. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.Release Releases a DNS Lookup reference. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DNSLookup.ReleaseAll Releases all DNS Lookup references. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
Dialog.GetAlternateButton Queries the title for the alternate button. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetButton Queries button text. | 7.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetButtonPressed Queries index of selected button. | 7.2 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetButtons Queries which buttons are shown. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetDefaultButton Queries the title for the default button. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetIcon Returns the icon displayed in the dialog. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetInformativeText Returns the receiver's informative text. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetLastResult Provides the last result from the dialog. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetLeft Queries left position. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetMessage Queries the message text for the dialog. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetMode Queries the dialog style. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetOtherButton Queries the title for the other button. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetShowsSuppressionButton Indicates whether the receiver shows a suppression button. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetSuppressionButtonTitle Queries the text for the suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetSuppressionState Queries the suppression state after you showed the dialog. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetTimeout Queries the timeout for dialogs in seconds. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetTop Queries top position. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title for the dialog. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.Reset Resets all dialog options. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.Run Runs the dialog. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetAlternateButton Sets the title for the alternate button. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetButton Sets button text. | 7.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetButtons Sets which buttons to show. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetDefaultButton Sets the title for the default button. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetIcon Sets the icon to be displayed in the alert to a given icon. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetInformativeText Sets the receiver's informative text to a given text. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetLeft Sets the left position of the dialog. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetMessage Sets the message text for the dialog. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetMode Sets the dialog style. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetOtherButton Sets the title for the other button. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetShowsSuppressionButton Specifies whether the receiver includes a suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetSuppressionButtonTitle Sets the text for the suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetTimeout Sets a timeout for the dialog in seconds. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetTop Sets the top position of the dialog. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
Dialog.SetWindowTitle Sets the window title for the dialog. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Dictionary.AddDictionary Adds entries from other dictionary to current one. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.AddSQL Adds values to a dictionary via SQL. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.AddSQLRecord Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.AddSQLRecords Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Clear Clears the dictionary content. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Clone Creates a copy of the dictionary. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Count Returns number of keys in the dictionary. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Create Creates a new dictionary. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.CreateNamed Creates a new dictionary with desired key. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Deserialize Restores a serialized dictionary. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.FromJSON Creates dictionary from JSON. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.HasKey Checks if the given key exists in dictionary. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.HasKeys Checks if the given keys exist in dictionary. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.KeyAtIndex Returns key with given index. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Keys Returns list with all keys. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.KeysWithPostfix Returns list with all keys matching postfix. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.KeysWithPrefix Returns list with all keys matching prefix. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.List Returns list of all dictionary IDs. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Lookup Looks up value for the key. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Release Releases dictionary and all memory used. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.ReleaseAll Releases all dictionaries. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.RemoveKey Removes value with given key. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Serialize Serialized a dictionary as a text. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.SetList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a list. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.SetQuickList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a quick list. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.SetValueForKey Stores value for given key. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.SetVariables Creates variables with given keys and values from dictionary. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.ToJSON Returns JSON representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.ToMatrix Converts dictionary to a matrix. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.ToText Returns text representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.ToXML Returns XML representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.ValueForKey Queries value for the key. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.ValueTypeForKey Queries data type of the value for the key. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Dictionary.Values Returns list with all values as text. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DragDrop.AttachToOverlay Attaches a new drop area to the overlay. | 14.3 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.AttachToWindow Attaches a new drop area to the window. | 11.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.ClearDragActionHandler Clears the name for the drag action handler. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.ClearDragEnterHandler Clears the name for the drag enter handler. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.ClearDragExitHandler Clears the name for the drag exit handler. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.CreateWithControl Creates a new drop area on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.CreateWithSize Creates a new drop area inside the window with the given rectangle. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetFilePathsToDrag Queries list of files to drag. | 11.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetHTML Queries styled text from drag as HTML. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetHeight Queries current height of drop area. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetLeft Queries current position of the drop area. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetMouseX Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetMouseY Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetPath Queries the native path of a file drop. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetPathCount Returns the number of file paths. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetPicture Queries picture from drag and drop action. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetRTF Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetSVG Queries SVG data. | 10.3 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetTag Queries the tag string for this dropview. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetText Queries text from the drop. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetTypes Queries list of types. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetWidth Queries current width of the drop area. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.GetWindowRef Queries the window where this drop view is located. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.List Queries list of all currently active drop areas. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.Release Releases the drop area and reclaims memory. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all drop areas. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetCursor Sets the cursor mode. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetDragActionHandler Sets the drag action handler. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetDragEnterHandler Sets the drag enter handler. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetDragExitHandler Sets the drag exit handler. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetDragImage Sets the image to use for dragging. | 11.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetFilePathsToDrag Sets file path list for drag. | 11.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the drop area. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetFrameWithControl Repositions drop area to given control. | 8.5 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetImage Sets the image to be shown in the drop area. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetTag Sets the tag string for this drop view. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
DragDrop.SetVisible Hides or shows the drop area. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
DynaPDF.ActivateAltFontList Activates or deactivates an alternate font list that was created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddActionToObj Adds an action to a PDF object. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddAnnotToPage Adds an annotation to a page. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddBookmark Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddBookmarkEx Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddButtonImage Add/Set a form field button image. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddButtonImageEx2 Add/Set a form field button image. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddContinueText Prints a single text line and moves the text cursor to the next line. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddDPartNode Creates a DPart Node. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddDeviceNProcessColorants Adds DeviceN process colorants. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddDeviceNSeparations Adds DeviceN separations. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddFieldToFormAction Adds a field to a form action. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddFontSearchPath Adds a search path to the list of available font search paths. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddJavaScript Adds a global JavaScript to the PDF file. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddOutputIntent Represents the destination color space for which a PDF file was created. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddOutputIntentEx Adds an ICC profile to the PDF file like AddOutputIntent but accepts a file as a container. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AddValToChoiceField Adds a value to a choice field. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AllowPageBreak Defines how to handle page breaks. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AppendImagePage Adds new page to the PDF with given image. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AppendImagePages Adds new pages to the PDF with given image paths. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AppendPage This function appends an empty page to the document. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ApplyShading Applies a shading. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AssociateEmbFile Associates an embedded file with a PDF object. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AttachFile Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AttachFileContainer Attaches a data from container to the document. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.AttachFileText Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.BeginContinueText This function prepares the output of multiple text lines with DynaPDF.AddContinueText. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.BeginLayer The function opens a layer in the current open page or template. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.BeginPattern This function creates a new tiling pattern. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.BeginTemplate The function creates a template and opens it so that arbitrary contents can be drawn into it. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Bezier123 Draws a bezier path. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Bezier13 This function paints a Bézier curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Bezier23 The third supported Bézier curve type paints also a curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CMYK Calculates color value for CMYK. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotName Changes or deletes the optional unique name of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotPos Changes the position and size of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeBookmark Changes an existing bookmark. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeFont This function changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter FontHandle. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeFontEx Changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter Handle. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeFontSize This function changes the font size of the current font. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle This function changes the style of the current font. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyleEx The function changes the font style of a font like DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle but it accepts also font styles like 2 (bold) or 1 (italic). | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScript Replaces a global JavaScript with a new one. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScriptAction Replaces the script of a JavaScript action with a new one. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScriptName Changes the name of a global JavaScript. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeLinkAnnot Changes the link of a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeNamedDest Changes the name of a named destination. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeOCGName Changes the name of an Optional Content Group (OCG). | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ChangeSeparationColor Changes the color of a separation color space. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CheckConformance Converts a PDF file to a specific PDF standard according to the parameter Type. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CheckFieldNames Checks all currently defined interactive form fields for invalid duplicate field names. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CircleAnnot Draws a circle annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Clear Starts a new PDF in memory or at the given path. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ClearLicense New in 14.5 Clear the license key. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ClipPath This function marks the current path as clipping path. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CloseImportFile Closes the current import PDF. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ClosePath Closes current path. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CloseTag Closes the current open tag | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ConvertColors Converts colors to gray. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ConvertStyledText Converts styled text to formatted text. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList Creates an alternate font list, that can be filled with data by DynaPDF.SetAltFonts(). | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateAnnotAP Creates a user defined appearance stream for an annotation. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateAxialShading Creates an axial sharing. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateButton Creates a push button. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateCheckBox This function creates a check box. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateComboBox Creates a combo box. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateDPartRoot Creates the DPartRoot dictionary. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateDeviceNColorSpace Creates a DeviceN color space. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateExtGState Creates an extended graphics state object from the structure GS. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateGeospatialMeasure Creates a geospatial measure dictionary. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateGoToAction Creates a go-to action. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateGoToActionEx Creates a go-to action which uses a named destination to open the target page. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateGoToEAction Creates an embedded GoTo action. | 14.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateGoToRAction Creates a go-to-remote action. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateGoToRActionEx Creates a go-to-remote action. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateGroupField Creates a group field. A group field is a simple array of fields which can be used to separate fields into several groups. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateICCBasedColorSpace Creates an ICC-based color space. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateICCBasedColorSpaceContainer Creates an ICC-based color space based on a container. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateJSAction Creates a JavaScript action. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateListBox This function creates a list box. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateNamedDest The function creates a named destination that can be accessed from external PDF files. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateOCG Creates an Optional Content Group (OCG) also called layer. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateRadialShading Creates radial sharing. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateRadioButton Creates a radio button field. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateResetAction Creates a reset action. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateSeparationCS Creates a Separation color space. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateSigField Creates an empty signature field which can be used to digitally sign the PDF file. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateSigFieldAP Creates a signature appearance template in the exact size of the base signature field. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateStructureTree Creates a global structure tree that is required to create Tagged PDF files. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateStructureTreeEx Creates the global structure tree as described at CreateStructureTree. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateSubmitAction Creates a submit action. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateTextField This function creates a text field. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateURIAction Creates an URI Action. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.CreateXFAStream Creates an XFA stream and adds it to the global XFA resource array. | 9.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteAcroForm The function deletes a maybe existing Interactive Form. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteActionFromObjEx This function deletes an action from a PDF object. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteAltFontList Deletes an alternate font list that was created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteAnnotation Deletes an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteBookmark Deletes a bookmark. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteDPartNode The deletes a dpart node. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteEmbeddedFile The function deletes an embedded file. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteField This function deletes an interactive form field. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteFieldEx Deletes a field by name. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteJavaScripts Deletes all global JavaScripts. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteNamedDest Deletes a named destination or all. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeletePage Deletes a given page in the current working PDF. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeletePageLabels Deletes all page labels contained in the current open document, if any. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteSeparationInfo Deletes the separation of the current open page. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteTemplate Deletes a template. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteTemplateEx Deletes a template by using an index instead of a template handle. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteWatermark Delete a watermark template. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DeleteXFAForm Deletes a maybe existing XFA form (XML based form) if any. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DrawArc This function draws an arc by using a start and end angle. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DrawArcEx This function draws an elliptical arc. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DrawChord This function draws an elliptical chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DrawCircle This function draws a circle. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DrawNGon Draws a n-gon. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.DrawPie The function draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two angles. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EditPage This function prepares a page for editing. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EditTemplate Prepares a template for editing. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EditTemplate2 Opens a template for editing. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Ellipse Draws an ellipse. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EnableEncryption Enables encryption for next save command. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EnableImageCache Creates an image cache that is used when rendering PDF pages. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EndLayer Closes a layer that was opened by DynaPDF.BeginLayer. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EndPage This function closes an open page that was opened by AppendPage or EditPage. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EndPattern Closes an open pattern. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.EndTemplate This function closes an open template. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ExchangeBookmarks This function exchanges two bookmarks. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ExchangePages The function exchanges two pages. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ExtractDocumentText Extracts the text of all pages. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ExtractText Extracts the text of the page PageNum. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnot Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnotEx Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FileLink Creates a file link annotation. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FindBookmark Searches for a bookmark in the document outline tree. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FindEmbeddedFile Searches for the embedded file Name and returns the handle of it when it can be found. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FindField This function searches for an interactive form field by using the fully qualified field name. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FindLinkAnnot Searches for a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FindNextBookmark Searches the next bookmark. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FindPattern Searches for a text. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FindText Searches a text and returns position details. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FlattenAnnotOrField Draws an annotation or form field on the current open page. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FlattenAnnots Flatten annotations. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FlattenForm Flatten forms. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FlushPages The function writes the pages in memory to the PDF file. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FlushPagesEx Writes the pages in memory to the PDF file exactly like DynaPDF.FlushPages. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FontInfo Retrieves the most important properties of a font. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.FreeTextAnnot Creates a Free Text annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GeneratePreview Adds a preview picture to a PDF container. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetActionCount Returns the number of actions contained in a document. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetActionsAsJSON Queries all action as JSON array. | 14.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotColor New in 14.5 Retrieves the color of an annotation. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations currently used in the document. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotFlags Returns the default flags used for newly created annotations. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotLink Returns the URL or file path of a file link annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotTextAlign New in 14.5 Returns the text alignment of an annotation. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotType Returns the type of a specific annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotation Queries details about an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotationAsJSON Queries one annotation as JSON object. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAnnotationsAsJSON Queries all annotations as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetAscent Returns the ascender of the active font. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetBBox Queries bound box values of current page. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetBookmark Returns the properties of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetBookmarkCount Returns the number of bookmarks defined in the document. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetBookmarksAsJSON Queries all bookmarks as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetBorderStyle Returns the global border style which is used for newly created Interactive Form fields. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetCMapCount Returns the number of available CMap files. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetCharacterSpacing Returns the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxChar Returns the character used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxCharEx Returns character index of the font ZapfDingbats that is used to display the on state of the check box. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxDefState Returns the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetColorSpace The function returns the active color space. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceAsJSON Queries one color space as JSON object. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceCount Returns the number of color space objects which are used in the current document. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceInfo Queries details on a colorspace. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetColorSpacesAsJSON Queries all color spaces as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetCompressionFilter The function returns the standard compression filter for images. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetCompressionLevel Returns the active compression level. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetContent Queries content stream of the currently open page or template. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetDefaultBarcodeParameters Queries default barcode parameters. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetDescent Returns the descender of the active font. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from current PDF. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetDocInfoAsJSON Queries all document information as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetDocInfoCount Returns the number of document info entries defined in the document. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetDocUsesTransparency Checks whether this document uses transparency. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetDrawDirection The function returns the actual draw direction for closed vector graphics such as rectangles, circles, ellipses and so on. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetDynaPDFVersion Returns the version string of DynaPDF library. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFile Retrieves the details of an embedded file. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsContainer Returns an embedded file as a container. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsJSON Queries one embedded file as JSON object. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileCount Returns the number of embedded files available in the PDF file. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFilesAsJSON Queries all embedded files as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFTextHeight The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFTextHeightEx The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetField Returns the most important properties of a field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldAsJSON Queries one form fields as JSON object. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldBackColor The function returns the default background color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderColor Returns the default border color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderStyle Returns the border style of a specific form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderWidth Returns the line width of the border of a field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldChoiceValue Retrieves a choice value of a combo or list box. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldColor Retrieves a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldCount The function returns the number of fields contained in the document. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValCount The function returns the number of values/export values which are defined for a field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValue Retrieves the export value(s) of a check box, list box, or combo box. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValueEx Enumerates the choice values of a combo box, list box, or radio button. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldFlags Returns the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldGroupType Returns the base type of a field group. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldHighlightMode Returns the highlight mode of buttons, checkboxes, and signature fields. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldIndex Returns the page index or tab order of the field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldMapName Retrieves the mapping name of a specific form field if set. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldName Retrieves the name of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldOrientation Returns the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldTextAlign The function returns the text alignment of a text field or button field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldTextColor Returns the default text color used for newly created fields. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldToolTip Retrieves a pointer to the tool tip string of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldType Returns the field type. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFieldsAsJSON Queries all form fields as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFontAsJSON Queries one font within the PDF as JSON object. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFontCount Returns the number of fonts which are used in the document. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFontOrigin Returns the current font origin. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFontSelMode Returns the current font selection mode. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFontSize Queries the font size of the active font. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFontWeight Returns the weight that will be used to emulate a bold font style. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFontsAsJSON Queries all fonts within the PDF as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetFullyQualifiedFieldName Returns the fully qualified name of a field. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetGStateFlags Returns the current graphics state flags. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetGlyphIndex New in 14.5 Returns the glyph index of the given code page or Unicode index. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetGlyphOutline New in 14.5 Returns the outline of a glyph of the active font. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImage Queries image properties or content. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImageContainerCount Queries number of images in an image container. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImageCount Queries number of images in PDF. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImageFileCount The function returns the number of images contained in a multi-page image. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from import PDF. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfoAsJSON Queries all document information from import file as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImportFlags The function returns the current import flags used to import PDF files. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImportFlags2 Queries the import flags. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImportOrientation Queries orientation for input page. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImportPDFVersion The function returns the minor PDF version number of an external PDF file. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImportPageBounds Queries page size for an import PDF page. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetImportPageCount Queries number of pages in the current opened import PDF. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInDocInfoCount Queries number of document info in import file. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInEncryptionInfo Retrieves encryption settings of the currently active import file. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInFieldCount Returns the number of top level fields included in the currently opened import file. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInIsCollection Whether the currently opened import file is a portable collection. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInIsEncrypted Whether the currently opened import file is encrypted. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInIsSigned Whether a PDF file contains a digital signature. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInIsTaggedPDF Whether the currently open import file is a Tagged PDF file. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInIsTrapped Queries value of the Trapped key in the current open import file. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInIsXFAForm Queries whether the current open import file contains an XFA form. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInMetadata Queries input PDF metadata. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInPDFVersionEx Retrieves the version information of the currently open import file. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInPrintSettings Retrieves the print settings of the current open import file. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetInRepairMode Queries whether the current open import file was opened in repair or normal mode. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetIsFixedPitch Queries whether the active font is a fixed pitch font or 0 if the font is a variable pitch font. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetIsTaggingEnabled Queries whether tagging is enabled. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetJPEGQuality Queries the JPEG compression quality. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetJavaScript Returns a global JavaScript as string. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptAction Returns the script of a JavaScript Action as string. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptCount Returns the number of global JavaScripts contained in a document. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptName Returns the name of a global JavaScript. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLanguage Returns the language identifier of the document as an ISO 3166 language tag or IANA tag, or "" if not set. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLastErrorMessage The function returns the last error message as text or empty text if no error occurred. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLastTextOffset Returns current text offset for WriteFText. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosX Return the horizontal end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosXAbs New in 14.6 The function returns the x coordinate of the last printed text. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosY Return the vertical end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosYAbs New in 14.6 The function returns the y coordinate of the last printed text. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLeading The function returns the current leading. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLineWidth Queries the line width. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetLinkHighlightMode Returns the current highlight mode used for newly created annotations. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetMetadata Queries metadata from PDF. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetNeedAppearance Returns true if the global NeedAppearance flag of the AcroForm is set. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetOCG Returns properties for layer. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetOCGContUsage Queres properties of a layer. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetOCGCount Returns the number of OCGs or layers which are available in document. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetOCGUsageUserName Returns the layer name. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetOpacity Returns the opacity value used to draw the visible appearance of an annotation (requires Acrobat 5 or higher). | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetOrientation Queries orientation of current page. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetOutputIntent Returns an output intent as well as the properties of it. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetOutputIntentCount Returns the number of available output intents. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPDFVersion The function returns the version of the output PDF file. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPDFVersionEx Retrieves the major and minor version of the PDF document as well as the underlying PDF standard, if any. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations which are used by a page. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotation Queries details about an annotation on current open page. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageBBox Queries page size for a PDF page. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageBreakExpression Queries current page break expression. | 11.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageCoords Queries the current coordinate system. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageCount Queries number of pages in the current PDF. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageField Returns the most important properties of a field on a page. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageFieldAnnotation Returns the most important properties of an annotation field on a page. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageFieldCount Returns the number of fields used by a page. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageHeight The function returns the height of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageLabel Retrieves the properties of a page label. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageLabelCount Returns the number of page labels defined in the document. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageLayout The function returns the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageMode The function returns the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageNum Returns the page number of the currently open page. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPageWidth The function returns the width of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetPrintSettings Retrieves the currently defined print settings of the document. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfile Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfileData Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfilesCounter Queries counter for ReplaceICCProfile callback. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetResolution Queries the resolution for images. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetSaveNewImageFormat Queries the SaveNewImageFormat properties. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetSpaceWidthFactor Queries the space width factor. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTabLen Queries tab length. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTemplCount Returns the number of templates used by a page. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTemplHeight Returns the height of a template. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTemplWidth Returns the width of a template. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTextBBox New in 14.5 Calculates the exact bounding box of a text string. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTextDrawMode Queries text draw mode. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTextFieldDefaultValue The function returns the default value of a text field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTextFieldValue The function returns the value of a text field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTextRise Queries the current text rise used to output text. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTextScaling Queries the current value of horizontal text scaling. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTextWidth Computes the width of a text string. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTransparentColor Returns the transparent color value that is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetTrapped Returns the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUseExactPwd Queries if exact password is needed to unlock PDF. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUseGlobalImpFiles Queries if global import files are used. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUseStdFonts Queries whether the 14 standard fonts are enabled. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUseSystemFonts Queries whether system fonts are used. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUseTransparency The property specifies whether images should get a transparent background. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUseVisibleCoords Queries whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate the position of an object. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUserRights Queries user rights. | 9.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUserUnit The function returns the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetUsesTransparency Checks whether a page or the entire document uses transparency. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetViewerPreferences Queries viewer preferences. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetWordSpacing Returns the current word spacing. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetXFAStream Returns an XFA stream. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.GetXFAStreamCount Returns the number of available XFA streams. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.HaveDPartRoot Checks whether the PDF file in memory contains a DPartRoot dictionary. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.HaveOpenDocument Whether we have a working document. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.HaveOpenPage Checks whether a page is open. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.HavePro Queries whether this is a Pro license. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.HighlightAnnot Creates a Highlight annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.HighlightPattern Searches a text and adds highlights for it. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ImportEncryptionSettings Imports the encryption settings from the currently open import file. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ImportPDFFile Imports all pages from a file. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ImportPDFPage Imports a page from the import PDF and appends it to the current working PDF. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ImportPageAsTemplate Imports a page and creates a template which you can place on new PDF pages. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.InitColorManagement Enables color management for render functions. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.InitColorManagementEx Initializes color management. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Initialize Initializes the DynaPDF functions in the MBS Plugin. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.InsertBarcode Inserts a barcode to the current open page. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.InsertBookmark Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.InsertBookmarkEx Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.InsertImage The function inserts an image from a container. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.InsertImageFile The function inserts an image from a file. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.IsColorPage Checks whether a page is a color page or if all graphic elements of the page use black & white only. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.IsEmptyPage Checks whether a page is empty. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.IsInitialized Checks if DynaPDF library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Lab Calculates color value for LAB. | 11.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.LineAnnot Creates a line annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.LineTo The function draws a path from the current position up to the specified point. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.List Lists all IDs of current DynaPDF contexts. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.LockLayer Adds a layer to the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.MarkTemplateAsWatermark Marks template as watermark. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.MovePage The function moves a page to another position in the document. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.MoveTo The function moves the current position to the point specified by PosX, PosY. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.New Creates a new DynaPDF instance. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.OpenOutputFile The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.OpenOutputFileEncrypted The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromContainer Opens a PDF for importing from a container. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromFile Opens a PDF for importing from a file. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.OpenTag Opens the specified tag so that contents can be written into it. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.OpenTagEx Opens a new tag. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Optimize Optimizes PDF. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.PageLink Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.PageLinkEx Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.PageStatistics Queries the page statistics. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ParseContent Runs the content parser. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.ChangeAltFont Changes alternative font to use. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.Create Creates the parser object. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.DeleteAllImages New in 14.5 Delete all images. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.DeleteImage New in 14.5 Deletes one image from the page. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.DeleteText Deletes text in the area. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.ExtractText Extracts text from parser. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.FindText Finds text using the parser. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.Line Queries the index of the found line. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.ListImages New in 14.5 Lists all images on the page. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.ParsePage Parses a page. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.ReplaceSelText Replaces text on the page. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.Reset Resets the parser. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.SelectionBBox Computes the bounding box of the current selection. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.SelectionText Retrieves the text and text length of the current selection or found text. | 14.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.SetAltFont Sets the alternative font. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.TextMatrix Text matrix pre-calculated in user space. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Parser.WriteToPage Writes changes back to the page. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.PlaceSigFieldValidateIcon Places the validation icon within a signature field to the wished position. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.PlaceTemplate The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.PlaceTemplateEx The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RGB Calculates color value for RGB. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ReadImageFormat The function retrieves the most important properties of an image file. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ReadImageResolution The function retrieves the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image file. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Rectangle This function draws a rectangle. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Release Releases a PDF reference. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ReleaseAll Frees all DynaPDF objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RenameSpotColor Renames a spot color. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RenderPDFFile Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RenderPDFFileEx Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RenderPage Renders a page in current PDF to an image. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ReplaceImage Replaces an image with another image. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ReplacePattern Replaces a text with a new text. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ResetAnnotAP Forces a rebuild of the appearance stream of the specified annotation. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ResetEncryptionSettings Resets the encryption settings which were imported from an external PDF file so that the PDF file in memory can be saved unencrypted. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RestoreGraphicState The function restores a previously saved graphics state. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RotateCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RotateTemplate Rotates a template. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RoundRect The function draws a rectangle with rounded corners. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.RoundRectEx The function draws a rectangle with elliptical corners. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Save Saves the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFile Saves and signs the current PDF. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt Saves and signs the current PDF. | 11.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt1 Saves and signs the current PDF. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt2 Step 2 to save and sign a PDF manually. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SaveGraphicState The function saves the current graphics state. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ScaleCoords The function scales the coordinate system by applying a transformation matrix. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAlpha Sets alpha for drawings. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAltFonts Fills an alternate font list created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList with data. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderStyle Sets or changes the border style of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotColor Sets or changes the color of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlags Sets the default flags used for new annotations. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlagsEx Sets or changes the flags of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotHighlightMode Sets or changes the highlight mode of a link annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotIcon Sets or changes the icon of a text annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotLineEndStyle Sets or changes the line end styles of a Line or PolyLine Annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpacity Changes the opacity of a markup annotation. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpenState Sets the open state of a markup or PopUp annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotString Sets, changes, or deletes a string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetAnnotSubject Sets or changes the optional subject string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetBBox Sets a specific bounding box of the current open PDF page. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetBookmarkDest Sets or changes the destination of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetBookmarkStyle Sets the bookmark style. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetBorderStyle Set the global border style which is used for newly created form fields. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetCMapDir The function sets a search path from which external CMap files can be loaded. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetCharacterSpacing Sets the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxChar Sets the character which should be used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxDefState Changes the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxState Changes the state of a check box. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetColorSpace The function activates a device color space in the graphics state. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetCompressionFilter The function sets the compression filter which is used to compress images. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetCompressionLevel Sets the current compression level. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetContent Replaces the content stream of the currently open page or template with a new one. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetDateTimeFormat Sets field to use date format. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetDocInfo The function sets or changes a document info entry. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetDocInfoEx Sets a document information. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetDrawDirection The function sets the draw direction of closed vector graphics such as rectangles, ellipses, triangles and so on. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetExtColorSpace Activates an extended color space in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetExtFillColorSpace Activates an extended color space for fillings in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetExtGState Activates an extended graphics state. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetExtStrokeColorSpace Activates an extended color space for strokes in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldBBox Changes the bounding box of a field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldBackColor Sets field background color. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderColor Sets the border color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderStyle Changes the border style of a specific Interactive Form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderWidth Changes the border width of a field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldColor Sets a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of a field. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValue Changes the choice values of a combo or list box, or to change the state and export value of check box. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValueEx Marks a choice value of a combo or list box as selected or unselected. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldFlags The function sets the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldFont Sets or changes the font of a form field. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldFontEx Sets or replaces the font of a field. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldFontSize The function changes the font size of a specific field. A value of 0.0 is used as auto size. The optimal font size is then calculated by DynaPDF. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldHighlightMode Changes the highlight mode of a specific field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldIndex Sets the tab order of interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldMapName Sets or changes the mapping name of a field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldName Changes the name of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldOrientation The function sets or changes the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldTextAlign The function set or changes the text alignment of a text or button field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldTextColor The function sets the text color which is used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFieldToolTip The function set or changes the tool tip or description string of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFillColor The function sets the current fill color as an array of float values. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFillColorValue The function sets the current fill color. | 11.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFloatPrecision The function changes the output precision of text and vector coordinates. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFont The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFontEx Loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFontOrigin Sets the current font origin that is used to position text strings. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFontSearchOrder Changes the font search order. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFontSelMode Changes the font selection mode. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetFontWeight Changes the font weight. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetGStateFlags Sets optional flags affecting the graphics state, coordinate handling, as well as color and image conversion rules. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetImportFlags The function sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetImportFlags2 Sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetJPEGQuality Sets the quality of JPEG compressed images in percent if JPEG compression is used. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetLanguage Specifies the language of the document. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetLeading Sets text leading. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetLineAnnotPoints Changes the start and or end point of a line annotation. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetLineJoinStyle Sets a new line join. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetLineWidth The function sets the line width used to stroke paths. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetLinkHighlightMode Sets the highlight mode that is used by link annotations. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetMetadata The function sets or replaces the XMP metadata stream of a specific object. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetNeedAppearance Sets need appearance flag. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetNumberFormat Limits textfield to only accept numbers. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetOCGState Changes the visibility state of an OCG or layer. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetOpacity Sets the opacity value which is used to render the appearance of a text annotation. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetOrientation Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetOrientationEx Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPDFVersion Sets the PDF version. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPageBBox Sets or changes the bounding box of a page. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPageBreakExpression Sets page break expression. | 11.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPageCoords Sets the coordinate system origin. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPageFormat The function sets a predefined page or paper format. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPageHeight Sets page height. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPageLayout The function sets the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPageMode The function sets the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPageWidth Sets page width. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetPrintSettings Adds preferred print settings to the PDF file. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetRenderingIntent Set function sets the rendering intent of an image. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfile Sets the replace ICC profile path. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfileData Sets the replace ICC profile data. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetResolution Sets the image resolution. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetSaveNewImageFormat Whether to recompress images. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetSeparationInfo Sets the separation info of the current open page. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetSpaceWidthFactor Sets space width factor. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetStrokeColor The function sets the current stroke color as an list of values. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetStrokeColorValue The function sets the current stroke color. | 11.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTabLen Sets tab length. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTemplBBox Sets or changes a bounding box of a template. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTextDrawMode Sets text draw mode. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValue The function sets or changes the value and default value of a text field. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValueEx The function changes or sets the value of a text field. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTextRect The function defines the output rectangle that is used to output formatted text by the function DynaPDF.WriteFText. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTextRise Sets the text rise. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTextScaling Sets scaling for text. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor Sets the transparent color which is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetTrapped Sets the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetUseExactPwd Whether to require exact passwords. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetUseGlobalImpFiles Sets whether to use global import file. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetUseStdFonts The function can be used to disable the 14 standard fonts temporarily. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetUseSystemFonts The property specifies whether the system fonts should be automatically loaded. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetUseTransparency Whether to use transparency color. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetUseVisibleCoords Whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate to position of an object. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetUserUnit The function sets the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetViewerPreferences Sets viewer preferences. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetWordSpacing Sets the word spacing. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SetXFAStream Replaces the contents of an XFA stream with new contents. | 9.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.ShowDifferences Shows differences on two PDF pages by adding highlight annotations. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SkewCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SquareAnnot Draws a square annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.StampAnnot Creates a stamp annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.StrokePath The function strokes the current path without closing it. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SysFontInfo Returns the most important properties of a system font. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.SysFontInfoAsJSON Queries all system fonts as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.AddColumn Adds a column on the left or right side of the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.AddRow Adds a new row to the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.AddRows Adds new rows to the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.ClearColumn Deletes the content in the specified column in all rows. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.ClearContent Deletes the specified object types from the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.ClearRow The function deletes the content in the specified row. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.Create Creates a new table object. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.DeleteCol Deletes a column from the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRow Deletes a row from the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRows Deletes all rows from the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.Draw Draws the table on the specified position. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetFirstRow Queres first row drawn. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeight Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeightRow Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetNextRow Queres next row to be drawn. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetNumCols Queries number of columns in table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetNumRows Queries number of rows in table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetPDF Returns the reference to the PDF. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetTableHeight Returns the full height of the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.GetTableWidth Returns the width of the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.HaveMore Checks whether all rows where drawn. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.List Lists all IDs of table objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.Release Releases the PDF table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetBoxProperty Sets or changes the border width, cell spacing, or cell padding. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellAction Adds an action to a cell. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImage Inserts an image horizontally and vertically aligned as specified. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImageEx Inserts an image from container. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellOrientation Sets the cell orientation. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellPadding Sets or changes the cell padding. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellSpacing Sets or changes the cell spacing. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellStyledText Inserts the specified styled text into the cell. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTable Inserts a sub table into the specified cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTemplate Inserts a template into the specified cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellText Inserts the specified text into the cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetColWidth The function changes the width of a column. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetColor Sets or changes the specified color as well as the corresponding device color space. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetColorFloat Sets or changes the specified color and color space. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetFlags The function sets various flags. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetFont Sets the font that is used to output text. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSelMode The function sets or changes the font selection mode. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSize Sets or changes the font size. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetGridWidth Sets the grid width. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetPDF Changes the PDF instance that is associated with the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetRGBColor Sets RGB color. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetRowHeight Changes the row height. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Table.SetTableWidth Changes the width of the table. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.TestGlyphs Checks whether all glyphs of the text are available in the current font. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.TestPassword Test the given password against the owner one. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.TextAnnot Creates a text annotation. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.TranslateCoords The function translates the coordinate system to the new origin OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Triangle The function draws a triangle. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.UnLockLayer Removes a layer from the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.Uninitialize Uninitializes DynaPDF library. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WatermarkAnnot Creates a Watermark annotation. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WebLink Inserts a web link onto the current open page. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WriteDemoText Writes a demo text like the DynaPDF demo watermark. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WriteFText Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WriteFTextEx Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WriteFTextExRotated Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WriteStyledText Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextEx Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextExRotated Writes styled text on current page. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
DynaPDF.WriteText Writes text on current page. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.BuiltInCurves Queries built in curves. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.CanSign Indicates if an ECKey can be used for signing. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.Description Returns an user readable description text for the current key. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.Duplicate Creates a copy of the key. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.Generate Generates a new pair of private and public keys. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.List Lists all IDs of key objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.PrivateKey Queries the private key. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.PublicKey Queries the public key. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.ReadPrivateKey Reads a private key from text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.ReadPublicKey Reads a public key from text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.Release Releases the key. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.ReleaseAll Frees all Key objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.Sign Signs the given data. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.Size Queries the size of the key in bytes. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.Valid Verifies that a private and/or public key is valid. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
ECKey.Verify Verifies the digital signature. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Email.Verify Verifies if an email is valid. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Address Queries an address value. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.AttachedEmails Queries email IDs for embedded emails. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Attachment Queries an attachment property. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.HTMLText Queries html text of email. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.HTMLToPlainText Converts HTML to plain text. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.HasHeader Checks if header exists. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Hash Returns a SHA512 hash for the email source parsed. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Header Queries a header entry. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.HeaderCount Queries number of header entries. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.HeaderValue Queries header value by header name. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Inline Queries an inline graphics property. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.InlineCount Queries number of inline images. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.List Lists all email parser reference numbers. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.MessageID Queries the message ID of the email. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Parse Parses an email. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.ParseContainer Parses an email stored in container. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.ParseFile Parses an email from a file. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.PlainText Queries plain text of email. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.ProcessImageReferences Processes image references in HTML. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.ReceiveDate Queries the date and time of the email. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Release Frees the email parser. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.ReleaseAll Releases all emails. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.SentDate Queries the date and time of the email. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Source Returns the source of the email as we parsed it. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.SourceWithoutAttachments Returns the source of the email without attachments. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.Subject Queries the subject line of the email. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.WriteAttachment Writes an attachment to a file path. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
EmailParser.WriteInline Writes an inline graphics to a file path. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Encryption.Cipher Encrypts or decrypts of a value. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Encryption.CipherNames Queries list of all ciphers. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
Encryption.DigestNames Queries list of all digest algorithms. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
EnvironmentVariables.ClearValue Clears a variable by removing it from the environment. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
EnvironmentVariables.Count Queries number of environment variables. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
EnvironmentVariables.Name Queries name of environment variable with given index. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
EnvironmentVariables.Names Queries list of environment variable names. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
EnvironmentVariables.SetValue Sets an environment variable. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
EnvironmentVariables.Value Queries value of an environment variable. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
ErrorLog Queries error log. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
EventMonitor.Clear Clears last event captured. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.ClearCardWindow Clears trigger for card window. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.GetEnabled Queries whether event monitor is enabled. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.Install Installs event monitor. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.LastMouseClickButton Queries the index of the last pressed mouse button. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.LastMouseClickIsDoubleClick Queries if last recognized mouse click is a double click. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.LastMousePositionX Queries last mouse position. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.LastMousePositionY Queries last mouse position. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.SetCardWindow Sets script trigger for clicks outside card. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
EventMonitor.SetEnabled Enables or disables event monitor. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
FM.Argument Query an argument passed to FileMaker from command line. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.ArgumentCount Queries number of arguments. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.Beep Beeps. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.CF Calls a custom function given the name with FileMaker values. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.CF.Parameter Queries function parameter. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.CompareTables Compare two tables. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.CurrentLayoutID Queries ID of current running FileMaker layout. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.CurrentLayoutName Queries name of current layout. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.CurrentScriptID Queries ID of current running FileMaker script. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.CurrentScriptName Queries name of current script. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.CurrentThreadID Queries current thread ID. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.DataType Returns data type of argument. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.DeleteRecord Deletes an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.DeleteRecords Deletes existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.ErrorMessage Queries an error message for a FileMaker error. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.Evaluate Similar to FileMaker's built-in Evaluate. | 1.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.ExecuteFileSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.ExecuteFileSQLOnIdle Executes a SQL command at idle time. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.ExecuteFileSQLValue Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.ExecuteSQL.LastError Queries the last error code from an SQL call | 1.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.ExecuteSQL.LastErrorMessage Queries the last error message from an SQL call | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.ExecuteSQL.LastSQL Queries last SQL command. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
FM.FieldStatistics Queries statistics on a field. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
FM.GetDisableContextualMenus Queries whether to disable contextual menus. | 10.1 |
❌ Server |
FM.GetSQLBatchMode Queries turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord2 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord3 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord4 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord5 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecordQuery Insert or updates a lot of records queried from a database. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertRecord Inserts a new record in a table in one line. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertRecordCSV Inserts records based on CSV text. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertRecordQuery Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertRecordQueryIgnoreDuplicates Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertRecordTSV Inserts records based on tab/return separated text. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.InsertSetUpdateProgressDialog Enable updating progress bar. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
FM.IsMainThread Checks if current thread is main thread. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.LayoutIDForLayoutName Queries the ID for layout with given name. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.LayoutNameForLayoutID Queries layout name for a layout ID. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.LayoutNames Queries list of layout names in current file. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.Loop Universal function to run a loop with evaluate. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.MainThreadID Queries main thread ID. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.MouseWheelScriptTrigger Installs a script trigger for mouse wheel. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
FM.NULL Returns a null value. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.QueryBaseTableNames Queries the base table names of all files currently open. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.QueryFieldsForBaseTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.QueryFieldsForTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.QueryTableNames Queries the table names of all files currently open. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.RecordStatistics Queries statistics on a record. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.RunDatabaseDesignReport Performs a data design report automatically. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
FM.RunSaveAsXML Saves database as XML. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
FM.RunScript Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
❌ Server |
FM.RunScriptIdle Runs a script after idle period. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
FM.RunScriptLater Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
❌ Server |
FM.SQL.Avg Calculates average value in a record set. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.CSV Queries text of SQL result for CSV export. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.Execute Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.Field Queries field value for given position in result. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.FieldCount Queries number of fields. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.FieldType Queries field type for given position in result. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.JSONColumn Returns a column as JSON array. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.List Lists all IDs of current FM.SQL objects. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.Max Queries max value in a record set. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.Min Queries min value in a record set. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.Release Releases memory used for the SQL result. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.ReleaseAll Release all FMSQL objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.RowCount Queries number of rows in the result. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.Sum Calculates sum value in a record set. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.Text Queries text of SQL result. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.ToMatrix Copies from result set to a Matrix. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.XMLRecord Returns a row as XML object. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.SQL.XMLRecords Returns rows as XML. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.ScriptIDForScriptName Queries the ID for script with given name. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.ScriptNameForScriptID Queries script name for a script ID. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.ScriptNames Queries list of script names in current file. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.SetDisableContextualMenus Whether to disable contextual menus. | 10.1 |
❌ Server |
FM.SetSQLBatchMode Sets turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
FM.SetThreadName Sets a new name for a thread. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.StopScriptIdle Stops any idle timer. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.TableStatistics Queries statistics on a table. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.TextWithDataType Returns a new value with given type annotation. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecord Update an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecord2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecord3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecord4 New in 14.5 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecord5 New in 14.5 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecords Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecords2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecords3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecords4 New in 14.5 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.UpdateRecords5 New in 14.5 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.ValueListIDForValueListName Queries the ID for value list with given name. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.ValueListNameForValueListID Queries value list name for a value list ID. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.ValueListNames Queries list of value list names in current file. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableAdd Adds a value to a given variable atomically. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableAppend Appends text to a variable. | 9.5 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableClear Destroys a variable that was declared with FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableClearAll Clears all variables. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableExists Checks if a variable with that name exists. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableGet Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableList Returns list of all variables names and values. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableLookup Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using FM.VariableSet. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableNames Queries list of all variable names. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableReset Resets the list of variables. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
FM.VariableSet Stores a named variable that can be retrieved later using FM.VariableGet. | 1.2 |
✅ Server |
FileDialog.GetAllowMulti Queries whether multiple selection is allowed. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetFilter Queries which filter is defined. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetInitialDirectory Queries the initial directory. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetMessage Returns the message displayed in the save panel. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetNameFieldLabel Returns the string displayed in front of the filename text field. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetNameFieldStringValue Returns the user-editable filename currently shown in the name field. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetPath Queries the native path with the given index. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetPathCount Queries number of file paths available. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetPrompt Queries current prompt text. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetResolvesAliases Returns whether the panel resolves aliases. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetShowHidden Returns whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.GetWindowTitle Returns the title of the panel. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.OpenFileDialog Shows dialog to select a file. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.Reset Resets all options to default values. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SaveFileDialog Shows dialog to select where to save a file. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SelectFolderDialog Shows dialog to select a folder. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SelectItemDialog Shows dialog to select either file or folder. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetAllowMulti Sets whether multiple selection is allowed. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetAllowsOtherFileTypes Sets whether other file types are allowed. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetFilter Queries whether other file types are allowed. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetInitialDirectory Sets the initial directory. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetNameFieldLabel Sets the text displayed in front of the text field. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetNameFieldStringValue Sets the filename in the name field to the specified value. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetPrompt Sets the prompt of the default button. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetResolvesAliases Sets whether the panel resolves aliases. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetShowHidden Specifies whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialog.SetWindowTitle Sets the title of the dialog. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
FileDialogWatcher.GetLastPath Queries the last path used in open/save dialogs. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
FileDialogWatcher.Install Installs the required code to catch file names from open/save dialogs on Mac. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
Files.AccessDate Queries the access date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Files.AppPath Returns the path to the main executable for this FileMaker solution. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Files.AudioCoverArt Loads audio file and returns cover art. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.AudioTags Queries audio tags for audio file. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
Files.CanOpenFile Checks if plugin can read file. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Files.CopyFile Copies files and folders without user interface. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Files.CreateAlias Creates an alias or link file. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
Files.CreateDirectory Creates a directory. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Files.CreateHardLink Creates a new hard link. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.CreateSymbolicLink Creates a new symbolic link. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.CreationDate Queries the creation date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Files.Delete Deletes a file directly without moving it to trash. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.DeleteFolder Deletes a file or folder directly without moving to trash. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
Files.DeleteLater Deletes file later. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.DirectoryExists Checks whether a directory exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Files.DiskInfo Queries information about a volume. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Files.FileDisplayName Queries the display name of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Files.FileExists Checks whether a file exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Files.FileExtension Queries the file extension of the given path. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Files.FileInfo Queries some file information. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.FileKind Queries the file kind string. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Files.FileName Queries the file name of the given path. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Files.FileNameWithoutExtension Queries file name without extension. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.FileSize Queries file size. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Files.FolderSize Calculate sizes of folder. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
Files.GetNodeID Queries the NodeID fo the file or folder. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.GetPathFromNodeID Finds the file or folder for the given NodeID on the given volume. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Files.IsHidden Queries hidden state of a file or folder. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.ItemExists Checks whether a item exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Files.Launch Launches the file. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
Files.LaunchFile Launches the file or opens folder. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
Files.List Queries list of file names in folder. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Files.ListAsJSON Queries list of file names in folder as JSON. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
Files.ListRecursive Queries list of paths in folder. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.ListVolumes Lists mounted volumes. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Files.ModificationDate Queries the modification date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Files.Mount Mounts a network share. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.MountPath Queries mount path for a volume. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.MoveFile Moves a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Files.MoveToTrash Deletes an item by moving it to trash without user interface. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Files.ReadAndWriteFile Reads a file and writes it elsewhere. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Files.ReadJPEG Reads a JPEG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.ReadPDF Reads a PDF file from the file system. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.ReadPNG Reads a PNG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.RenameFile Renames a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Files.ResolveAlias Resolves an alias file. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
Files.RevealFile Reveals the file/folder in the shell. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
Files.SetAudioTags Sets audio tags for audio file. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
Files.SetCreationDate Sets the file creation date. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
Files.SetHidden Sets the hidden state for a file or folder. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.SetModificationDate Sets the file modification date. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
Files.StandardizePath Standardized a path. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Files.Unmount Unmount a volume. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Files.WriteFile Writes a file with the given data. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Folders.Applications Queries path to applications folder. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Folders.LocalPreferences Queries path to local preferences folder. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Folders.SharedDocuments Queries path to shared documents folder. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Folders.System Queries system folder. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Folders.SystemFonts Queries path to system font folder. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Folders.SystemTemporary Queries temporary folder. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Folders.UserDesktop Queries path to user's desktop folder. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
Folders.UserDocuments Queries path to user's document folder. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Folders.UserDownloads Queries location of user's downloads folder. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Folders.UserHome Queries path to user’s home folder. | 7.3 |
❌ Server |
Folders.UserMusic Queries path to user's music folder. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
Folders.UserPreferences Queries path to user's preferences folder. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
Folders.UserTemporary Queries temporary folder. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
Folders.UserTrash Queries trash folder location for current user. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Folders.UserVideo Queries path to user's video folder. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
Font.Activate Activates a font inside app or whole computer. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
Font.CalculateTextFits Queries how many characters would fit in a space. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
Font.CalculateTextHeight Calculates height of text. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
Font.CalculateTextWidth Calculates width of text. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Font.Deactivate Deactivates a font inside app or whole computer. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
FontManager.ListFontFamilies Queries a list of font families. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
FontManager.ListFonts Queries list of all fonts or list of fonts of a family. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AdaptiveThreshold Local adaptive threshold image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddNoise Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddNoiseChannel Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathArcAbs Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathArcRel Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathClosePath Closes subpath. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathLinetoAbs Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalAbs Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalRel Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathLinetoRel Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalAbs Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalRel Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathMovetoAbs Simple moveto with absolute coordinate. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathMovetoRel Simple moveto with relative coordinate. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoAbs Adds a smooth curve to path. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Affine Applies an affine transformation. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Annotate Annotate image (draw text on image). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AutoOrient Orient image to be right-side up based on its current orientation attribute. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.AveragePixelValue Calculates the average pixel value. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.BaseColumns Returns the base image width (before transformations). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.BaseFilename Returns the Base image filename (before transformations) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.BaseRows Returns the base image height (before transformations) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Blur Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.BlurChannel Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Border Border image (add border to image). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.BoundingBox Returns smallest bounding box enclosing non-border pixels. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Channel Extract channel from image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Charcoal Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal sketch). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Chop Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal subregion of image). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ClipMask Associate a clip mask with the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ClipPath Select a drawing clip path matching name. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Coders Lists all coders as JSON. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Colorize Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ColorizeRGB Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Columns Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Compare Compares current image with another image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Composite Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.CompositeXY Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Contrast Contrast image (enhance intensity differences in image). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Copy Creates a copy of the picture. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.CopyChannel Copies one channel from one image into channel of other image. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Crop Crop image (subregion of original image). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.CycleColormap Cycle image colormap. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Describe Describes an image by printing its attributes. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Despeckle Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Directory Returns the directory string. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.DrawArc Draws an arc. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.DrawCircle Draws a circle. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.DrawEllipse Draw an ellipse. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.DrawLine Draws a line. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.DrawPath Draw on image using vector path. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.DrawRectangle Draws a rectangle. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.DrawRoundRectangle Draw a rounded rectangle. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Edge Edge image (hilight edges in image) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Emboss Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Enhance Enhance image (minimize noise) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Equalize Equalize image (histogram equalization) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Erase Erase image to current "background color" | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ExifThumbnail Extracts an embedded thumbnail in EXIF data. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Extent Extends image size. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FillPattern Sets the pattern to use while filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FindColorInColumn Locates first pixel in the column with given color. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FindColorInRow Locates first pixel in the row with given color. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Flatten Flatten the alpha channel. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Flip Flip image (reflect each scanline in the vertical direction) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FloodFillColor Flood-fill color across pixels. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FloodFillColorXY Flood-fill color across pixels starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified border color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FloodFillOpacity Floodfill pixels matching color (within fuzz factor) of target pixel(x,y) with replacement opacity value using method. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FloodFillTexture Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FloodFillTextureXY Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Flop Flop image (reflect each scanline in the horizontal direction) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FontMap Queries current font map in use. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FontTypeMetrics Queries space needed for text. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Format Long image format description. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Frame Frame image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Free Releases the image from memory. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.FreeAll Destroys all images. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Gamma Gamma correct image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GaussianBlur Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GaussianBlurChannel Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Geometry Preferred size of the image when encoding. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetAdjoin Get adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetAnimationDelay Queries the animation delay. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetAnimationIterations Queries the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetAntiAlias Returns whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetAttribute Query a named attribute. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetAttributeNames Queries names of all attributes. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetAttributesJSON Queries all attributes as JSON. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetBackgroundColor Queries the Image background color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetBackgroundTexture Queries the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetBorderColor Queries the Image border color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetBoxColor Queries the Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetChannelDepth Obtain modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetClassType Queries the Image class. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetClipMask Queries clip mask image. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetColorFuzz Queries the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetColorMap Queries an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetColorMapSize Queries the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetColorSpace Queries the Image Color Space | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetComment Queries the comment. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetCompose Queries the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetCompressType Queries the compression type. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetDebug Queries whether printing of debug messages from ImageMagick is enabled. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetDefineSet Queries a define value. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetDefineValue Queries a value. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetDensity Queries the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetDepth Queries the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetEXIFOrientation Queries orientation from EXIF. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetEndian Queries the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFileName Queries the Image file name. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFileSize Returns the number of bytes of the image on disk | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFillColor Queries the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFillRule Queries the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFilterType Queries the Filter to use when resizing image | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFont Queries the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFontFamily Queries font family. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFontPointsize Queries the Font point size. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFontStretch Queries font stretch. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFontStyle Queries font style. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetFontWeight Queries font weight. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetGamma Gamma level of the image | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetGifDisposeMethod Queries the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetHeight Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetICCColorProfile Queries the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetIPTCProfile Queries the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetIPTCProfileValues Queries list with all IPTC values found. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetInterlaceType Queries the interlace type. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetIsValid Does object contain valid image? | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetJPEGAsBase64 Returns the picture in JPEG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetJPEGAsHex Returns the picture in JPEG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetLabel Queries the image label. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetLineWidth Queries the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetMagick Queries the File type magick identifier. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetMatte Queries the image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetMatteColor Queries the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetModulusDepth Queries the image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetMonochrome Queries the monochrome flag. Transform image to black and white | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetOrientation Queries the image orientation. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetPNGAsBase64 Returns the picture in PNG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetPNGAsHex Returns the picture in PNG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetPage Queries the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetPixelColor Get pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetProfile Retrieve a named profile from the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetQuality Queries the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetQuantizeColorSpace Gets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetQuantizeColors Queries the Maximum number of colors to quantize to. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetQuantizeDither Queries whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetQuantizeTreeDepth Queries the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetQuiet Queries quiet setting. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetRenderingIntent Queries the type of rendering intent. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetResolutionUnits Queries which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetScene Gets the image scene number | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetSize Queries the Width and height of a raw image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetStrokeAntiAlias Whether stroke anti-aliasing is enabled. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetStrokeColor Queries the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetStrokeDashArray Queries the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetStrokeDashOffset Gets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetStrokeMiterLimit Gets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetStrokeWidth Gets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetSubImage Queries which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetSubRange Gets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetTextEncoding Queries the text encoding. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetTileName Queries the Tile name. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetType Image representation type. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetVerbose Queries whether to print detailed information about the image | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetView Queries the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetWidth Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetXMP Query XMP data. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.GetZPL Queries image as ZPL hex image. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Hash Calculates a hash of the image. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ImageCount Queries number of open images. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Implode Implode image (special effect). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.InvertChannel Inverts an image. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.IsGray Checks whether all pixels are gray. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.IsLoggingEnabled Checks whether logging is enabled. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Level Level image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.LevelChannel Level image channel. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.List Lists all IDs of images in memory. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ListTypeInfo Writes type list file. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.MagickVersion Queries the version text of the GraphicsMagick library. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Magnify Magnify image by integral size. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Map Remap image colors with closest color from reference image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.MatteFloodfill Floodfill designated area with replacement opacity value. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.MeanErrorPerPixel The mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.MedianFilter Filter image by replacing each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Minify Reduce image by integral size. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Modulate Modulate percent hue, saturation, and brightness of an image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.MontageGeometry Tile size and offset within an image montage. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.MotionBlur Motion blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.MultiplyChannel Multiplies all values in a channel. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Negate Negate colors in image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.New Construct a blank image canvas of specified size and color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.NewFromBase64 Loads a picture from base64 encoded data. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.NewFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.NewFromFile Loads a picture file. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.NewFromHex Loads a picture from hex encoded data. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.NewImagesFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.NewImagesFromFile Loads a picture file with several files. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Normalize Normalize image (increase contrast by normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.NormalizedMaxError The normalized max error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.NormalizedMeanError The normalized mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.OilPaint Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Opacity Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Opaque Change color of opaque pixel to specified pen color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Ping Pings an image to query metadata. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.PingContainer Pings an image to query metadata. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.PopClipPath Pop (terminate) clip path definition started by GMImage.PushClipPath. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.PurgeTemporaryFiles Asks GraphicsMagick to purge all temp files. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.PushClipPath Push (create) clip path definition with new name. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Quantize Quantize image (reduce number of colors). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.QuantumDepth Queries quantum depth of GraphicsMagick. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Raise Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.RandomThreshold Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.RandomThresholdChannel Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Read Read single image frame into current object. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ReadContainer Read single image frame into current object. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ReduceNoise Reduce noise in image using a noise peak elimination filter. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Release Releases the image from memory. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ReleaseAll Destroys all images. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Repage Resets the image page canvas and position. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.ReplaceColor Replaces a color with another color value for the whole image. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Resize Resize image, specifying geometry, filter, and blur. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Roll Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Rollxy Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Rotate Rotate image by specified number of degrees. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Rotating Set rotation to use when drawing. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Rows Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Sample Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Scale Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Scaling Apply scaling in x and y direction while drawing objects. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Segment Segments the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetAdjoin Set adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetAnimationDelay Sets the animation delay. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetAnimationIterations Sets the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetAntiAlias Sets whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetAttribute Set a named attribute. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetBackgroundColor Sets the Image background color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetBackgroundTexture Sets the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetBorderColor Sets the Image border color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetBoxColor Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetChannelDepth Set modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetClassType Sets the Image class. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetColorFuzz Sets the color fuzz. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetColorMap Sets an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetColorMapSize Sets the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetColorSpace Sets the Image Color Space. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetComment Sets the image comment. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetCompose Sets the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetCompressType Sets the compression type. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetDebug Enables printing of debug messages from ImageMagick | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetDefineSet Sets a define value. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetDefineValue Sets a value. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetDensity Sets the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetDepth Sets the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetEXIFOrientation Sets orientation for EXIF. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetEndian Sets the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFileName Sets the Image file name. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFillColor Sets the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFillRule Sets the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFilterType Sets the Filter to use when resizing image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFont Sets the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFontFamily Set font family to use. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFontPointsize Sets the font point size. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFontStretch Set font stretch. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFontStyle Set font style. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetFontWeight Sets font weight. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetGifDisposeMethod Sets the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetICCColorProfile Sets the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetIPTCProfile Sets the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetInterlaceType Sets the interlace type. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetIsValid Sets whether the object contain a valid image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetLabel Sets the image label. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetLineWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetLogEventMask Set log event mask. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetMagick Sets the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetMatte Sets whether image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetMatteColor Sets the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetModulusDepth Sets the Image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetMonochrome If set, transform image to black and white. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetOrientation Sets the image orientation. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetPage Sets the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetPixelColor set pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetProfile Add or remove a named profile to/from the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetQuality Sets the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetQuantizeColorSpace Sets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetQuantizeColors Sets the Maximum number of colors to quantize to | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetQuantizeDither Sets whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetQuantizeTreeDepth Sets the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetQuiet Sets quiet setting. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetRenderingIntent Sets the type of rendering intent | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetResolutionUnits Sets which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetScene Sets the image scene number | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetSize Sets the Width and height of a raw image | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetStrokeAntiAlias Enables/disables stroke anti-aliasing. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetStrokeColor Sets the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetStrokeDashArray Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetStrokeDashOffset Sets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetStrokeMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetStrokeWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetSubImage Selects which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetSubRange Sets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetTextEncoding Sets the Annotation text encoding (e.g. "UTF-16") | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetTileName Sets the Tile name. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetType Sets the Image representation type. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetVerbose Sets whether to print detailed information about the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetView Sets the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SetXMP Sets the XMP data. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Shade Shade image using distant light source. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Sharpen Sharpen pixels in image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SharpenChannel Sharpen pixels in image | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Shave Shave pixels from image edges. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Shear Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding image by X or Y axis). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Signature Image signature. Set force to 1 in order to re-calculate the signature regardless of whether the image data has been modified. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SkewX Apply Skew in X direction. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.SkewY Apply Skew in Y direction. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Solarize Solarize image (similar to effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Spread Spread pixels randomly within image by specified ammount. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Statistics Calculate statistics for an image. | 14.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Stegano Add a digital watermark to the image (based on second image) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Stereo Create an image which appears in stereo when viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right) | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Strip Remove all profiles and text attributes from the image. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.StrokePattern Sets the pattern image to use while stroking object outlines. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Swirl Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by degrees). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Texture Channel a texture on image background. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Threshold Threshold image channels (below threshold becomes black, above threshold becomes white). | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.TotalColors Number of colors in the image | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Transform Transform image based on image and crop geometries. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.TransformOrigin Origin of coordinate system to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.TransformReset Reset transformation parameters to default. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.TransformRotation Rotation to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.TransformScale Scale to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.TransformSkewX Skew to use in X axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.TransformSkewY Skew to use in Y axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Translation Apply coordinate translation. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Transparent Add matte image to image, setting pixels matching color to transparent | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Trim Trim edges that are the background color from the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Unsharpmask Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.UnsharpmaskChannel Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Wave Map image pixels to a sine wave: | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteImages Writes several images to disk. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToBMPContainer Writes the picture in BMP format to a container object which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToContainer Writes images as is into a container. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToFile Write single image frame to a file. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToGIFContainer Writes the picture in GIF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToJPEGContainer Writes the picture in JPEG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToPDFContainer Writes the picture in PDF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToPNGContainer Writes the picture in PNG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToTiffContainer Writes the picture in TIFF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.WriteToWebPContainer Writes the picture in WebP format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.XResolution Returns the x resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.YResolution Returns the y resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GMImage.Zoom Zoom image to specified size. | 2.0 |
✅ Server |
GZipFile.Compress Compresses a file. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
GZipFile.Decompress Decompresses a file. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
HadErrors Queries error counter. | 12.2 |
✅ Server |
Hash.CRC32 Calculates 32bit CRC value. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Hash.Digest Calculates a hash of a value. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Hash.DigestFile Calculates a hash of a file. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Hash.MD5 Calculated MD5 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Hash.MD5.HMAC Returns the a MD5 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
Hash.PBKDF2.HMAC Returns the PBKDF2 hash value of the data, first applying the salt value and using the specified hashAlgorithm. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
Hash.RandomHexString Creates a random hex string. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
Hash.RandomString Creates a random string. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Hash.SHA1 Calculated SHA-1 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Hash.SHA1.HMAC Returns the a SHA1 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Hash.SHA256 Calculated SHA-256 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Hash.SHA256.HMAC Returns the a SHA256 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Hash.SHA512 Calculated SHA-512 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Hash.SHA512.HMAC Returns the a SHA512 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
HotKey.GetEnabled Queries the enabled state. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when hotkey is pressed. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetIgnoreOnModal Queries state for modal dialogs. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetKeyCode Returns the key code given at registration. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetLocal Queries the local flag. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetModifiers Returns the modifiers given at registration. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetName Queries the name defined for this hotkey. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in case of event. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetScriptName Queries name of script to call in case of event. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.GetTag Queries the tag defined for this hotkey. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.List Lists all hotkeys. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.Register Registers a global hot key based on the virtual key code and modifiers. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.SetEnabled Sets the enabled state. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when hotkey is pressed. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.SetIgnoreOnModal Sets state for modal dialogs. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.SetLocal Sets the local flag. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.SetName Sets the name of a hotkey. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.SetScript Sets which script to call if hotkey is pressed. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.SetTag Sets the tag of a hotkey. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.Unregister Unregisters a hotkey and frees resources. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
HotKey.UnregisterAll Unregisters all hotkeys. | 10.3 |
❌ Server |
IBAN.CalcCheckSum Calculates the checksum. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
IBAN.Compact Formats the IBAN for compact view. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
IBAN.Countries Queries list of country codes. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
IBAN.Example Queries example IBAN for country. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
IBAN.Format Formats the IBAN for printing. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
IBAN.IsValid Checks whether an IBAN is valid. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
IBAN.RegEx Queries regular expression for country. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Icon.GetIcon Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path. | 2.3 |
✅ Server |
Icon.GetIconWithQuickLook Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path. | 2.3 |
✅ Server |
Is64bit Checks if platform is 64bit or 32bit. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
IsClient Checks if plugin is running on a client. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
IsError Checks whether last plugin function returned error. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
IsIOS Whether we run on iOS. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
IsIOSDevice Queries whether run on iOS device. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
IsIOSSimulator Queries whether run on iOS simulator. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
IsLinux Whether we run on Linux. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
IsMacOS Whether we run on Mac. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
IsMobile Whether plugin runs on a mobile target. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
IsRegistered Queries if plugin is registered with Complete key. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
IsRuntime Checks if plugin is running on a runtime. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
IsServer Checks if plugin is running on a server. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
IsWindows Whether we run on Windows. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
JS.AddFileMakerEvaluateFunction Adds an Evaluate function. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.AddFileMakerRunScriptFunction Adds a function to start scripts from JavaScript. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.AddFileMakerSQLFunction Defines a SQL Evaluate function for JavaScript. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.AddFunction Adds a global function defined as a text string. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.CF Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
JS.CallFunction Calls a global function given the name with JSON data. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.CallFunctionValues Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
JS.Evaluate Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.EvaluateToString Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.GetGlobalProperty Queries global property. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.GetGlobalPropertyValue Queries global property. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.InitModules Installs Duktape module loading. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
JS.List Lists all JavaScript object references. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
JS.New Creates a new JavaScript engine instance. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.Now Queries current time as double value. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
JS.ObjectCount Queries global object counter. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
JS.Release Frees the JavaScript engine. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.ReleaseAll Release all JavaScript environments. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
JS.SetGlobalProperty Sets a global property. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.SetGlobalPropertyValue Sets a global property. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JS.StringCount Queries global string counter. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
JS.TimeToDateComponents Converts time to date components. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
JS.TimeToUTCDate Converts time value to timestamp. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
JS.UTCDateToTime Converts date to time value. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddArrayToArray Adds an array to an existing array. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddBooleanToObject Adds a boolean value to an array. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddFalseToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean false value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddItemToArray Adds an item to an array. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddItemToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddNullToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a null value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddNumberToArray Adds a number to an array. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddNumberToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddStringToArray Adds a string to an array. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddStringToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddTrueToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean true value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddValueToArray Adds a value to an array. | 14.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.AddValueToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 14.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.ClearVariables New in 14.6 Clears the variables. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Clone Creates a clone of the json. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Colorize Formats a JSON string with color. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Compact Returns compact unformatted JSON for the given JSON text. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateArray Creates new array. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateArrayRef Creates empty array reference. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateBool Creates boolean JSON node. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateBoolean Creates a boolean node with given value. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateDoubleArray Creates a new JSON with a double array with given values. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateFalse Creates a boolean node with false value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateIntegerArray Creates a new JSON with an integer array with given values. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateNull Creates a new NULL entry. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateNumber Creates a new JSON encoded number. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateObject Creates a new empty object node. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateObjectRef Creates empty object reference. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateString Creates a string node with given text. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateStringArray Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateStringArrayWithList Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateTrue Creates a boolean node with true value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CreateValue Creates a new value. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CurrentMatch Queries JSON for current match in JSON.ReplaceEvaluate function. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.CurrentMatchPath Queries JSON for current match path in JSON.ReplaceEvaluate function. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.DeleteItemFromArray Deletes an item from an array. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.DeleteItemFromObject Deletes item from an object. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.DeleteRecord Deletes an existing record in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.DeleteRecords Deletes existing records in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.EqualContent Checks if two JSON are equal in content. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Equals Checks if two JSON are equal. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.FilterObjectArray Filters JSON object array to find matching entries. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.FindValueInArray Queries index of value in array. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.FindValueInObjectArray Queries index of value in object array. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Flatten Flattens a json object or array to a single depth object of key-value pairs. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Format Returns pretty printed JSON for the given JSON text. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetArrayItem Queries entry from array with given index. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetArrayItems Queries entries from JSON array. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetArrayItemsAsList Queries a list of all array entries. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetArrayItemsAsQuickList Queries array values as QuickList. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetArrayPathItems Queries value from JSON path in array of objects. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetArraySize Queries the number of array entries. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetBooleanValue Queries boolean value for JSON. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetDoubleValue Queries a floating point value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetIntegerValue Queries integer value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetObjectItem Queries named item from an object. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetObjectItemTree Queries named item from an object tree. | 3.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetObjectItemTreeRef Queries named item from an object tree. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetObjectName Queries name of item in an object. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetObjectNameList Queries names of items in an object. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetObjectSize Queries the number of object items. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetPathItem Queries value from JSON path. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetStringValue Queries string value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetType Queries type of json object. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
JSON.GetValue Queries the value of the json. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import Imports JSON and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.ErrorCount Queries error counter. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.Errors Queries list of error messages. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.SetBaseFields Sets the names of the base fields per record. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.SetExtraField Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Import.Work Performs import. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.InsertOrUpdateRecord Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.InsertRecord Inserts a new record in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.InsertRecords New in 14.5 Inserts multiple records in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
JSON.IsValid Checks if JSON text is valid. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.JSONPatch.ApplyPatch Applies a patch to a json document. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.JSONPatch.FromDiff Create a JSON Patch from a diff of two json documents. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.List Lists all IDs of current JSON objects. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Merge Merges multiple JSON objects or arrays. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.MergePatch.ApplyPatch Applies a merge patch to a json document. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.MergePatch.FromDiff Create a JSON Merge Patch from a diff of two json documents. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Parse Parses JSON text and return reference number. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Query Performs a JSON Path query. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Release Frees a json reference number. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.ReleaseAll Releases all JSON objects. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Replace Searches for all values that match the JSONPath expression and replaces them with the specified value. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
JSON.ReplaceEvaluate Searches for all values that match the JSONPath expression and replaces them with the result of the evaluation. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.ReplaceItemInArray Replaces an item in an array with new item. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.ReplaceItemInObject Replaces an item in an object with new item. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Search Performs a JMESPath query. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
JSON.SetPathItem Sets a value in a JSON hierarchy. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
JSON.SetVariables New in 14.6 Creates local variables in script for JSON. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Sort Sorts the JSON array/object. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.SortWithEvaluate Sorts the JSON array/object using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Text Queries JSON as text. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
JSON.ToHTML Converts JSON to HTML. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
JSON.ToXML Converts JSON to XML. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
JSON.Unflatten Unflattens that object back to the original json. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
JSON.UpdateRecord Update an existing record in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
JSON.UpdateRecords Updates existing records in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
Java.CallObjectMethod Calls a method on an object. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.CallStaticMethod Calls a static method on a class. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.DefineClass Defines a class. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Java.FindClass Checks if a class is available. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Java.GetContainerFileName Query container file name to use. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.GetObjectField Queries a field on an object. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.GetStaticField Queries a static field on a class. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Java.Initialize Initializes JavaVM. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.Initialized Checks whether Java VM is initialized. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.List Lists all IDs of java objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
Java.NewClassObject Creates a new object and invokes constructor. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.ObjectClassName Queries name of class of an java object. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.Release Releases an object reference. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.ReleaseAll Releases all java objects. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.SetContainerFileName Sets the container file name to use for next containers. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.SetObjectField Sets a field on an object. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.SetStaticField Sets a static field on a class. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Java.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.Available Checks whether the JavaScriptCore library is loaded. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.CF Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | 12.2 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.CallFunction Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | 12.2 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.CheckScriptSyntax Checks script syntax. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.EvaluateScript Evaluate a string of JavaScript code. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.GetProperty Queries property value as text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.GetPropertyJSON Queries property value as JSON. | 12.2 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.HasProperty Checks if a property is defined. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.List Lists all IDs of javascript environment objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.LoadLibrary Loads the JavaScriptCore library. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.New Creates a new javascript context. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.RegisterEvaluateFunction Registers evaluate function. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.RegisterFunction Registers a javascript function. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.RegisterRunScriptFunction Registers a run script function. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.RegisterSQLQueryFunction Registers a SQLQuery function. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.Release Releases a javascript context. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.ReleaseAll Release all JavaScript environments. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.SetProperty Sets property value. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
JavaScript.SetPropertyJSON Sets property value using JSON. | 12.2 |
✅ Server |
LCMS.ProfileInfo Queries profile information for an ICC Profile. | 4.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.AddJSON Adds an entry to a tree. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.Bind Authenticates a client to the LDAP server. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.Connect Initializes an LDAP connection. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.Delete Removes a leaf entry from the directory tree. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.GetBinaryKeys Queries which attributes should be handled as binary data. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.GetProtocolVersion Queries protocol version for this connection. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.GetReferrals Queries the referrals option. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.JSON Queries JSON structure of LDAP data. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.List Lists all IDs of LDAP connections. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.ModifyJSON Changes an existing entry. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.Release Releases the connection. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.ReleaseAll Release all LDAP objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.Rename Changes the distinguished name of an entry in the directory. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.Search Performs a search. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeCount Queries number of attributes for an entry. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeName Returns the name of an attribute in an entry. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeNames Queries all names of attributes for an entry as a list. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValue Queries a value from search results. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValueCount Queries the number of values for an attribute. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValues Returns the values for an attribute in an entry. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValuesByName Returns the values for an attribute in an entry. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.Count Queries number of entries in search results. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SearchResult.DistinguishedName Queries distinguished name for an entry in search results. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SetBinaryKeys Sets which attributes should be handled as binary data. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SetProtocolVersion Set the protocol version to use. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SetReferrals Sets the referrals option. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.SimpleBind Authenticates a client to a server, using a plaintext password. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
LDAP.StartTLS Starts encrypted connection. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
List.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
List.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
List.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
List.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
List.AndColumn Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
List.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
List.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
List.CountValues Counts values in list. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
List.CountValuesMatching Count matching entries in list. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
List.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
List.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
List.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
List.Find Finds an entry in the list. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
List.FindDuplicateItems Finds duplicate items in the list. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
List.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
List.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
List.GetColumn Queries a column from each line in a list. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
List.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
List.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
List.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
List.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
List.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
List.Intersection New in 14.5 Returns a list with values which are contained in all lists. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
List.MapEntries Maps selection of keys from a key list to value list. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
List.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
List.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
List.MatchesSubString Finds list entries which contains a given text. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
List.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
List.NotColumn Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
List.Or Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
List.OrColumn Returns values of both lists. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
List.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
List.Remove Removes the value with the given index in the list. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
List.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
List.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
List.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
List.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
List.RemoveValue Removes a value from a list. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
List.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
List.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
List.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
List.Shuffle Shuffles the items in the list. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
List.Sort Sorts the list. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
List.SortWithEvaluate Sorts a list with using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
List.SubList Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
List.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
List.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
List.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
List.XOrColumn Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
ListDialog.AddItemToList Adds a line to the list. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.AddItemsToList Adds entries to the list. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.AddSQL Adds items via SQL statement. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.ClearColumnHeaders Clears column headers. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.ClearList Clears the list. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.ColumnCount Queries column count. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetAllowEmptySelection Queries whether empty selection is allowed. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetAllowMultipleSelection Queries whether multiple selection is allowed. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetCancelButtonLabel Queries the caption of the cancel button. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetChecked Queries check state. | 13.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetCheckedTags Queries list of checked items. | 13.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetCheckedTitles Queries list of checked items. | 13.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetCloseDialogOnDoubleClick Queries whether to close dialog on double click. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetColumnAlignment Queries column alignment. | 11.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetColumnHeader Queries column header text. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetColumnWidth Queries column width. | 11.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetFilter Queries the current filter text. | 11.0 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetHeight Queries height of dialog. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetOtherButtonEvaluate Queries expression to evaluate for other button. | 9.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetOtherButtonLabel Queries the caption of the other button. | 9.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetPositionX Queries dialog position. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetPositionY Queries dialog position. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetPrompt Queries the current prompt text. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetSelectButtonLabel Queries the caption of the select button. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetSelectedTag Queries the selected tag. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetSelectedTitle Queries title of the selected item. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetShowCheckboxes Queries whether to show checkboxes. | 13.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetShowCloseBox Queries whether the close box is enabled. | 14.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetShowsFilter Queries whether to show a filter. | 11.0 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetWidth Queries the width of the dialog. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.IsVisible Query whether dialog is visible. | 13.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.ListCount Queries number of list entries. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.ListItem Queries the text displayed for the given index. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.ListTag Queries the tag for the given index. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.Reset Resets all list dialog options. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetAllowEmptySelection Sets whether empty selection is allowed. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetAllowMultipleSelection Sets whether multiple selection is allowed. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetCancelButtonLabel Sets the caption of the cancel button. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetChecked Sets check state for a row. | 13.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetCloseDialogOnDoubleClick Sets whether to close dialog on double click. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetColumnAlignment Sets the column alignment. | 11.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetColumnCount Sets column count. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetColumnHeader Sets the column header text. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetColumnWidth Sets column width to use. | 11.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetFilter Sets the current filter text. | 11.0 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetHeight Sets the height of the dialog. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetOtherButtonEvaluate Sets the other button evaluate. | 9.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetOtherButtonLabel Sets the caption of the other button. | 9.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetPosition Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetPositionX Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetPositionY Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetPrompt Sets prompt text. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetSelectButtonLabel Sets the caption of the select button. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetSelectedTag Sets which item is selected. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetSelectedTitle Sets which item is selected. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetShowCheckboxes Sets whether to show checkboxes. | 13.5 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetShowCloseBox Sets whether the close box widget is enabled. | 14.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetShowsFilter Whether to show a filter field. | 11.0 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetWidth Sets the width of the dialog. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.SetWindowTitle Sets window title. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.ShowDialog Shows the dialog. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
ListDialog.Sort Sorts entries. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
Log Writes the given values to the debug console. | 2.2 |
✅ Server |
MarkDown.CSS Queries CSS for the markdown. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
MarkDown.Create Creates a new MarkDown convert object with given markdown code. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
MarkDown.HTML Queries html for the markdown. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
MarkDown.List Lists all IDs of markdown objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
MarkDown.Release Releases the mark down object. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
MarkDown.ReleaseAll Frees all markdown objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
Math.Average Calculates average of given values. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.BitwiseAND Perform bitwise AND operation. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.BitwiseNOT Perform bitwise not operation. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.BitwiseOR Perform bitwise or operation. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.BitwiseShiftLeft Perform bitwise shift left. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.BitwiseShiftRight Perform bitwise shift right. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.BitwiseXOR Perform bitwise xor operation. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.DecToHex Converts a number to a hexadecimal number. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
Math.DecodeNumber Decodes a number from it's binary representation. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
Math.EncodeNumber Encodes a number as binary data as hex text. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
Math.FormatNumber Formats a number. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.HexToDec Converts a hexadecimal number to a normal decimal number. | 2.5 |
✅ Server |
Math.InchToPixel Converts a inch value to pixel. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
Math.IsValidCC Verifies a credit card number. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.Max Calculates maximum of given values. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.Median Calculates median of given values. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.MillimeterToPixel Converts a millimeter value to pixel. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
Math.Min Calculates minimum of given values. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.MovingAverage Calculates moving average. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
Math.Multiply Multiplies values. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.NormInv Calculates NormInv function like in Excel. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.NumberToText Converts a number value to a text string. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Math.PixelToInch Converts a pixel value to inch. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
Math.PixelToMillimeter Converts a pixel value to millimeter. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
Math.PolylineDecode Decodes number from Polyline Algorithm Format. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Math.PolylineEncode Encodes number in Polyline Algorithm Format. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Math.Random.ExponentialDistribution Generates a random number using exponential distribution. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Math.Random.NormalDistribution Generates a random number using normal distribution. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Math.Random.PoissonDistribution Generates a random number using poisson distribution. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Math.Rate New in 14.5 Returns the interest rate per period of an annuity. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
Math.Reciprocal Calculates reciprocals of values. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.StandardDeviation Calculates standard deviation of given values. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.Sum Calculates sum of given values. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Math.TextToNumber Converts a text to a number. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Add Adds a value to cells in matrix. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.AddColumn Adds one column to a matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.AddColumns Adds columns to a matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.AddRow Adds a row to the matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.AddRows Adds rows to the matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Avg Calculates average value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.CSV Queries text of matrix for CSV export. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Clear Clears the matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.ClearValues Clears all values in the matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Clone Creates a copy of a matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.ConvertDataType Converts the data types. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.CopyColumn Copies a column from one (or same) matrix to another column. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.CopyRow Copies a row from one (or same) matrix to another row. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.DataType Queries data type of a value. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Evaluate Evaluates an expression for each cell. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.GetColumn Queries text of a whole column. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.GetColumnName Queres column name. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.GetColumnNames Queres column names. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.GetRow Queries text of a whole row. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.GetRowName Queres row name. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.GetRowNames Queries row names. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.GetText Queries text of whole matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.GetValue Queries a single value. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.HTML Queries html of matrix. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Height Queries height of matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.List Lists all IDs of current Matrix objects. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Lookup Queries value without errors. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Max Queries max value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Min Queries min value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Multiply Multiplies a value with cells in matrix. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.New Creates a new matrix (2D array). | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.NewWithSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Release Frees the matrix object. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.ReleaseAll Releases all matrix objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.RemoveColumn Removes a column. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.RemoveRow Removes a row. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Resize Resizes matrix to given height and width. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Rotate Rotates a matrix. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.SetColumn Sets a column to the given texts. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.SetColumnName Sets column name. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.SetColumnNames Sets column names. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.SetRow Sets a row to the given texts. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.SetRowName Sets row name. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.SetRowNames Sets row names. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.SetValue Sets a single value in the matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Sum Calculates sum value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Text Queries text of matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Matrix.Width Queries width of matrix. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Menu.AddItem Adds a menu item to the end of the menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.AddItems Adds a couple of menu items. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.CreateMenu Creates a menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.DefineQuickMenu Builds a new menu from a definition text with menu items. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.DefineQuickMenuXML Defines a menu based on a xml description. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Menu.FindItemWithTag Finds a menu entry with given tag in a menu. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.FindItemWithTitle Finds a menu entry with given title in a menu. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when menu is chosen. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.GetScriptFileName Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.GetTag Queries the tag value of the menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.GetTitle Queries the menu title. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered for menu action. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
Menu.InsertItem Inserts a menu item into the receiver at a specific location. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.ItemAtIndex Queries the ID of the menu item with given index. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Menu.Items Queries the list of IDs for the menu items. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Menu.List Queries list of all IDs for menu objects. | 10.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.NumberOfItems Returns the number of menu items in the menu, including separator items. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.PopUp Pops up the menu at the specified location. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.Release Releases the menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.ReleaseAll Releases all menus and menu items. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.RemoveAllItems Removes all the menu items in the receiver. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.RemoveItem Removes a menu item from the menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.RemoveItemAtIndex Removes the menu item at a specified location in the menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.SelectedItem Returns the reference number of the selected menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when menu is chosen. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.SetScriptAction Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.SetTag Sets the tag of the menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.SetTitle Sets the menu title. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
Menu.SetURL Sets the URL to query when menu is used. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.CreateMenuItem Creates a new menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.CreateSeparator Creates a new separator menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetBold Queries if menu item should use bold font style. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetEnabled Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is enabled. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when MenuItem is chosen. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetFontColor Queries font color for menu item. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetFontName Queries font name to use. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetFontSize Queries font size to use for menu item. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetGroupID Queries the group id of the menu item. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetHidden Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the menu item is hidden. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetImage Queries the image for this menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetItalic Queries if menu item should use italic font style. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetMixedStateImage Returns the image used to depict a mixed state. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetOffStateImage Returns the image used to depict the receiver's off state. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetOnStateImage Returns the image used to depict the receiver's on state. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetParentItem Returns the menu item whose submenu contains the menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetParentMenu Returns the menu containing the menu item. | 4.3 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetPath Queries path of a menu item in a menu hierarchy. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetRequireCommand Queries if this meantime only shows if command key is pressed. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetRequireControl Queries if this meantime only shows if control key is pressed. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetRequireOption Queries if this meantime only shows if option/alt key is pressed. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetRequireShift Queries if this meantime only shows if shift key is pressed. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetScriptFileName Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetState Returns the state of the menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetStrikeOut Queries strikeout setting for menu item. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetSubMenu Returns the submenu associated with the receiving menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetTag Queries the tag value of the menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetTitle Queries title of menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered for menu item action. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.GetUnderline Queries if menu item should use underline font style. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.HasSubmenu Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver has a submenu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.IsSeparatorItem Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is a separator item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.List Queries list of all IDs for menu item objects. | 10.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.Release Releases the menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.ReleaseAll Frees all menus and menu items. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetBold Sets menu item to use bold font style. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetEnabled Sets whether the menu item is enabled. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when menuitem is chosen. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetFontColor Sets the font color to use. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetFontName Sets the font name to use. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetFontSize Sets the font size to use. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetGroupID Sets the group id of the menu item. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetHidden Sets whether the menu item is hidden. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetImage Sets the menu item image. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetItalic Sets menu item to use italic font style. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetMixedStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates a "mixed” state, that is, a state neither "on” nor "off.” | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetOffStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "off” state. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetOnStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "on” state. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetRequireCommand Set to show menu item only if command key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetRequireControl Set to show menu item only if control key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetRequireOption Set to show menu item only if alt/option key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetRequireShift Set to show menu item only if shift key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetScriptAction Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetState Sets the state of the menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetStrikeOut Sets the strikeout value of the menu item. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetSubMenu Sets the submenu of the menu item. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetTag Sets the tag of the menu. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetTitle Sets the menuitem's title. | 4.1 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetURL Sets the URL to query when menuitem is used. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
MenuItem.SetUnderline Sets menu item to use underline font style. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Menubar.HasMenuCommand Checks whether menu command exists. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Menubar.IsMenuCommandChecked Checks if a menubar item is checked. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
Menubar.ListMenuCommands Lists all menu commands. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Menubar.RemoveMenuCommand Removes a menu entry. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Menubar.RunMenuCommand Runs a menu command. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Menubar.SetMenuCommandTitle Sets the title of a menu item. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
Menubar.SetMenuCommandVisible Show or hide a menu command. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
Modbus.CalculateRTUMessageCRC Calculates the RTU Message CRC string. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.AbortTransaction Abort a multi-document transaction. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.AggregateCollection Creates an aggregate collection. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.AggregateDatabase Creates an aggregate database. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.BSONtoJSON Converts BSON to JSON. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ChangeStreamErrorDocument Checks if an error has occurred when creating or iterating over a change stream. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ChangeStreamResumeToken Queries resume token. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ClientCommand Execute a command on the server, interpreting options according to the MongoDB server version. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ClientCommandQuery Creates a query cursor. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ClientCommandWithServerId This function executes a command on a specific server, using the database and command specification provided. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CloseChangeStream Closes change stream. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CloseCollection Closes the current collection explicitly. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CloseCursor Closes cursor. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CloseDatabase Closes the current database explicitly. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CollectionName Queries name of current collection. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CollectionNames Fetches the list of the names of all of the collections in database. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Command Execute a command on the server. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CommitTransaction Commit a multi-document transaction. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Connect Connects the client using the URI provided. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ContainerToBinary Converts a container to JSON for MongoDB. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CreateCollection Creates a collection in the database. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorBatchSize Queries batch size. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorCurrent Queries current record as JSON. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorErrorDocument Checks to see if an error has occurred while iterating the cursor. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorGetMaxAwaitTimeMS The maximum amount of time for the server to wait on new documents to satisfy a tailable cursor query. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorID Retrieves the cursor id used by the server to track the cursor. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorLimit Queries current limit. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorMore Whether there may be more data. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorNext Queries the next record as JSON. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorRecords Queries the all records as JSON. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorSetBatchSize Sets batch size, | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorSetLimit Limits the number of documents in the result set. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.CursorSetMaxAwaitTimeMS Sets the maximum amount of time for the server to wait on new documents to satisfy a tailable cursor query. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.DatabaseCommand Creates a collection in the database. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.DatabasesNames Queries the MongoDB server for a list of known databases. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.DeleteMany Deletes many records. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.DeleteOne Deletes one record. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.EstimatedDocumentCount Executes a count query on collection. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Find Query on collection, passing arbitrary query options to the server in options. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.FindCollections Fetches a cursor containing documents, each corresponding to a collection on this database. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.FindDatabases Fetches list of database records. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.FindIndexes Fetches a cursor containing documents, each corresponding to an index on this collection. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetAppName Queries the client application name. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetAuthMechanism Queries authentication mechanism. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetAuthSource Queries authorization source. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetCompressors Queries compressors. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetCredentials Queries credentials as JSON. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetOptions Queries the options from the URL. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetPassword Queries password used for login. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetServiceHostName Queries service hostname for login. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetServiceName Queries service name for login. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetTLS Whether this connection is set to be encrypted. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetURI Fetches the URI as a string. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.GetUserName Queries username for login. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.HasCollection Checks to see if a collection exists on the MongoDB server within database. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.InTransaction Check whether a multi-document transaction is in progress for this session. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.InsertMany Insert documents into collection. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.InsertOne Inserts a document into collection. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.IsTracing Queries whether trace is enabled. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.JSONtoBSON Converts JSON to BSON. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Keys Queries current collection to find all the key names. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.LibraryVersion Queries library version. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.List Lists all IDs of current MongoDB objects. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.MaxBSONSize Returns the maximum bson document size allowed by the cluster. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.MaxMessageSize Returns the maximum message size allowed by the cluster. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.New Creates a new MongoDB object. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.NewCursorFromCommandReply Creates a cursor object from the reply of a command. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.NextChange Iterates the underlying change stream, returning the next document. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.NowUTC Create a new JSON value with current date and time. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.OpenCollection Sets the current collection. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.OpenDatabase Opens the given database. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.OpenDefaultDatabase Selects default database. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Ping Sends ping command. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Release Frees the MongoDB object. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ReleaseAll Frees all MongoDB objects. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Rename This function is a helper to rename an existing collection on a MongoDB server. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ReplaceOne This replace one document in the collection that match selector with replacement. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SSLLibrary Queries SSL library used. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ServerDescription Get information about the server specified by ServerID. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.ServerDescriptions Fetches an server descroptions for all known servers in the topology. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetAppName Sets the client application name. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetAuthMechanism Sets authentication mechanism. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetAuthSource Sets authentication source. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetCompressors Sets compressors to use. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetDatabase Sets the URI's database, after the URI has been parsed. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetPassword Sets user password for login. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetSSLOptions Sets the TLS (SSL) options to use when connecting to TLS enabled MongoDB servers. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetURI Sets the URI. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.SetUserName Sets user name for login. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.StartTransaction Start a multi-document transaction for all following operations in this session. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.TextToBinary Converts a text to JSON for MongoDB. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Time Create a new JSON value with given timestamp. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.Trace Enables or disables trace. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.TransactionState Returns the current transaction state for this session. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.UpdateMany Updates many documents in collection that matches selector. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.UpdateOne Updates at most one document in collection that matches selector. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.WatchClient Creates a change stream for a client. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.WatchCollection Creates a change stream for a collection. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
MongoDB.WatchDatabase Creates a change stream for a database. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
MountNotification.Install Installs a script trigger to be called when a disk mounts/unmounts. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
MountNotification.Uninstall Uninstalls notification for mount script trigger. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
MouseCursor.Hide Hides the mouse cursor. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
MouseCursor.HideUntilMouseMoves Hides mouse until user moves it. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
MouseCursor.Set Sets the mouse cursor. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
MouseCursor.Show Shows the mouse cursor. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
Msgbox A simple method to show a dialog box with one text. | 2.2 |
❌ Server |
Mutex.Create Creates a new mutex with given name. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.List Lists all Mutex reference numbers. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.Lock Locks the mutex. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.Name Queries name of mutex. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.Release Frees a mutex. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.ReleaseAll Releases all mutex objects. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.TryLock Tries to lock the mutex. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Mutex.Unlock Unlocks the mutex. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
Notification.List Returns list of all notification names registered. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
Notification.Listen Starts listening for a notification. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
Notification.Send Sends a notification. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
Notification.SendDirect Sends a notification within FileMaker to all listener. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Notification.Unlisten Unregisters a notification handler. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
Notification.UnlistenAll Stops listening to all notifications. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
OCR.Cleanup Shutdown the engine and free all memory. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.Clear Free up recognition results and any stored image data, without actually freeing any recognition data that would be time-consuming to reload. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.GetBoxText The recognized text is returned as a text which is coded in the same format as a box file used in training. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.GetHOCRText Make a HTML-formatted string with hOCR markup from the internal data structures. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.GetPageSegMode Queries page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.GetText Returns recognized text. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.GetTextAsJSON Queries result as JSON. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
OCR.GetTextWithCoordinates Queries text with coordinates. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
OCR.GetVariable Queries a variable. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
OCR.Initialize Initializes tesseract. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.IsInitialized Checks if OCR library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
OCR.IsLoaded Whether newer tesseract is loaded. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
OCR.Language Return the language used in the last valid initialization. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.Load Loads newer tesseract engine. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
OCR.MeanTextConf Returns the (average) confidence value between 0 and 100. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.Recognize Recognize the image. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.SetImage Provide an image for Tesseract to recognize. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.SetImageContainer Loads a picture from container. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
OCR.SetImageFile Loads a picture from file directly. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
OCR.SetPageSegMode Sets page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.SetRectangle Restrict recognition to a sub-rectangle of the image. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
OCR.SetResolution Set the resolution of the source image in pixels per inch. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
OCR.SetVariable Sets a variable. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
OCR.Version Query version of Tesseract library. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
OCR.WriteToPDF Writes text on the PDF. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Overlay.Alpha Queries the current alpha value of the window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.Create Creates a new overlay window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetHasShadow Queries whether this window has a shadow. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetHeight Queries height of a window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetLeft Queries X coordinate of a window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetMouseClickEvaluate Queries the expression to be run on a mouse click. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetMouseClickScriptName Queries the script to run on a mouse click. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetMouseEnterEvaluate Queries the expression to be run on a mouse enters the window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetMouseEnterScriptName Queries the script to run on a mouse enter. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetMouseExitEvaluate Queries the expression to be run on a mouse exits the window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetMouseExitScriptName Queries the script to run on a mouse exits. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetMovableByWindowBackground Queries whether the window can be moved with the mouse. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetTag Queries tag for window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetTitle Queries current window title. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetTop Queries Y coordinate of a window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetTopMost Queries whether window is topmost. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.GetWidth Queries width of a window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.IsVisible Queries whether a window is visible. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.List Lists all IDs of current overlay objects. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.MouseX Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.MouseY Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.Move Moves the window the given position. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.Release Releases the overlay window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.ReleaseAll Releases all overlay windows. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.Resize Resizes the window to the desired size. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetAlpha Set Alpha can be used to set the transparency of a window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetFocus Sets focus to the Window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetFrame Sets the size and position of the overlay. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetFrameWithControl Sets the size and position of the overlay based on a given control. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetHasShadow Sets whether window has a shadow. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetIgnoresMouseEvents Sets whether the window ignores mouse clicks. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetImage Sets the image to show in the container. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetMouseClickEvaluate Sets expression to be run on a mouse click. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetMouseClickScript Sets the script to run on a mouse click. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetMouseEnterEvaluate Sets expression to be run on a mouse enter. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetMouseEnterScript Sets the script to run on a mouse enter. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetMouseExitEvaluate Sets expression to be run on a mouse exit. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetMouseExitScript Sets the script to run on a mouse exit. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetMovableByWindowBackground Sets whether the window can be moved with the mouse. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetTag Sets tag for window. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetTitle Sets the window title. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetTopMost Sets window to be topmost. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
Overlay.SetVisible Sets whether the window is visible. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
PDFKit.GeneratePreview Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.CA Queries certificate with given index. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.CACount Queries number of other certificates. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.Cert Queries the X509 certificate in the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.List Lists all IDs of PKCS12 objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.PKey Queries the private key from the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.ReadFromContainer Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file in container. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.Release Releases the PKCS12 from memory. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.ReleaseAll Release all PKCS12 keys. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
PKCS12.ShowDialog Shows standard dialog with details. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
PKCS12.SignData Creates a PKCS#7 signature for given data. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
PKCS7.List Lists all IDs of PKCS7 objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
PKCS7.ReadFromContainer Reads PKCS#7 from a file in container. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
PKCS7.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS#7 file. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
PKCS7.Release Releases the PKCS7 from memory. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
PKCS7.ReleaseAll Release all PKCS7 keys. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
PKCS7.SignedDataCert Queries signing certificate with given index. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
PKCS7.SignedDataCertCount Queries number of signing certificates. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
PKCS7.SignedDataContent Queries content signed. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
PKey.Bits Queries number of bits of key. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKey.DescriptionPrivateKey Describes the private key. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKey.DescriptionPublicKey Describes the public key. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKey.GetPrivateKey Queries private key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKey.GetPublicKey Queries public key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKey.List Lists all IDs of private key objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
PKey.Read Reads a private/public key from PEM certificate from text. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
PKey.ReadFromContainer Reads a key from a container value. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
PKey.ReadFromFile Reads a key from a PEM file. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
PKey.Release Releases the private key from memory. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
PKey.ReleaseAll Release all private keys. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
PKey.Type Queries the type of key. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
Path.AddPathComponent Adds a new path component. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
Path.FileMakerPathToNativePath Converts a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification to a native path. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Path.FilePathToFileURL Converts a file path to a local file URL. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Path.FileURLToFilePath Converts a file URL to a local file path. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Path.LastPathComponent Queries the last path component. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
Path.LongPath Queries long file path on Windows. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Path.NativePathToFileMakerPath Converts a native path to a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Path.RemoveLastPathComponent Removes last path component. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
Path.ShortPath Queries short file path on Windows. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.AddPositionOffset Adds an offset (positive or negative) to the current position. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.ChildDevices Queries child devices for a device. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.Clear Clears all pixels in the current frame buffer. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.ClearScriptTrigger Removes a script trigger for a phidget. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.Close Closes a Phidget channel that has been opened. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.Create Creates an instance of a Phidget channel. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.DisableServerDiscovery Disables the dynamic discovery of servers that publish their identity. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.EnableFailsafe Enables the failsafe feature for the channel, with a given failsafe time. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.EnableServerDiscovery Enables the dynamic discovery of servers that publish their identity to the network. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.Flush Flushes the buffered LCD contents to the LCD screen. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.GetProperty Queries a property for a phidget device. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.GetTag Queries tag value. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.LibraryVersion Queries version number for the loaded phidgets library. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.List Returns list of all Phidget IDs. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.Load Loads the Phidget library. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.Loaded Checks whether Phidgets library is loaded. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.Open Opens the Phidget channel. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.Release Frees memory for a Phidget object. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.ReleaseAll Frees all Phidget objects. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.ResetFailsafe Resets the failsafe timer. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.SetProperty Sets a property for the phidget object. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.SetScriptTrigger Installs a script trigger with the phidget. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Phidget.WriteText Writes text to a LCD screen. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Platform Returns what platform the plugin is running on. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.BuildNumber Queries the build number of the plugin. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.CallCounter Queries call counter. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.CallErrorScriptTrigger Triggers error script. | 8.5 |
❌ Server |
Plugin.CompileDate Queries compile date as FileMaker date. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.DisableFunction Disables a plugin function. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.FunctionCount Queries number of functions available. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.Functions Returns a list of all the functions in the plugin. | 1.0 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.GetFunctionParameters Queries the function metadata for parameter list. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.GetFunctionPlatforms Queries the function metadata for platform support. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.GetSuccessReturn Queries current OK return. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.IsLicenseKeyHidden Queries whether to hide license key. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.IsMaintenanceExpired Queries whether maintenance is expired. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.IsPrerelease Queries whether this is a MBS Plugin beta version. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.JasperVersion Queries version string for Jasper library. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.LibSSHVersion Queries the SSH library version used. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.LicenseeName Queries licensee name. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.LimitFunction Limits a function. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.LoadIconvLibrary Loads the iconv library. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.LockFunction Locks a function with a password. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.LockedFunctions Lists the locked functions. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.ObjectCounts Returns JSON with object counts. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.OpenSSLVersion Queries OpenSSL Version. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.PNGVersion Queries PNG version. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.Path Queries the native file path to the plugin. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.ScriptStepParameter Queries script step parameter with given index. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.ScriptStepParameterCount Queries number of parameters to the current script step. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.Seats Queries the internal seats value. | 1.6 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.SetErrorScriptTrigger Sets script to trigger if plugin call returns an error. | 8.5 |
❌ Server |
Plugin.SetFunctions Sets the function list the plugin has. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.SetLicenseKeyHidden Sets whether to hide license key. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.SetPreviewSize Sets which size plugin uses for preview images. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.SetSuccessReturn Sets what the plugin returns on success. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.StartTimeStamp Queries time the plugin was loaded. | 9.5 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.State Queries plugin state. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.TiffVersion Queries version string for TIFF library. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.UnlockFunction Unlocks a locked function. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.UsedFunctionCounts Queries plugin function usage counts. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.UsedFunctions Queries used functions. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.WebPVersion Returns version of WebP library. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.ZLibVersion Queries zlib version number. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
Plugin.isDebug Checks whether this is debug version of MBS Plugin. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
PortMidi.Abort Terminates outgoing messages immediately. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.CheckHostError Checks if there is a midi host error on the stream. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | 8.5 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.Close Closes a midi stream, flushing any pending buffers. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.CurrentEvent Queries current event. | 7.1 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.DeviceCount Queries number of devices found. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.GetChannelMask Queries current channel mask. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.GetDefaultInputDeviceID Return the default input device ID. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.GetDefaultOutputDeviceID Return the default output device ID. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.GetDeviceID Queries the ID of the device the stream is connected to. | 7.0 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.GetDeviceInfo Return device information. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.GetDeviceName Queries the name of the device the stream is connected to. | 7.0 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.GetFilter Queries current filter setting. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.List Lists all IDs of midi objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
PortMidi.OpenInput Opens an input device. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.OpenOutput Opens an output device. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.Poll Tests whether input is available. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.ReadMessage Reads one Midi message from the buffers. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.Rescan Terminates all streams and shutdown the midi functions. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.SendMessage Sends a midi message. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.SendMessageRaw Sends a raw message. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.SendSysExHex Writes a timestamped system-exclusive midi message. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.SetChannelMask Filters incoming messages based on channel. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available evaluation for this midi port. | 8.5 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this midi port. | 8.5 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.SetFilter Sets filters on an open input stream to drop selected input types. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
PortMidi.TimeStamp Queries current time stamp. | 7.0 |
❌ Server |
Preferences.DeleteValue Deletes a preference value. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
Preferences.GetValue Queries preferences value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Preferences.GetValueType Queries data type for a preferences entry. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Preferences.HasValue Checks if a preference value is defined. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
Preferences.List Lists keys for preferences. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
Preferences.SetValue Sets preferences value. | 2.7 |
✅ Server |
Preview.Available Queries whether preview is available. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.Create Creates a new preview area inside the window with the given rectangle. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.CreateWithControl Creates a new preview on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.List Queries list of all currently preview areas. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.LoadContainer Loads a PDF document from data in container. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.LoadFile Loads a PDF document from file path. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.Release A convenience method to release all preview controls. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all preview controls. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.SetFocus Sets focus to the view. | 13.5 |
❌ Server |
Preview.SetFrameWithControl Repositions preview view to given placeholder control. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Preview.Unload Unloads current document. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Printer.GetDefaultPrinter Queries default system printer. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Printer.PrinterCount Queries the number of printers. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Printer.PrinterInfo Queries printer info. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Printer.PrinterName Queries the name of the printer with given index. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Printer.SetDefaultPrinter Sets the default printer. | 3.0 |
❌ Server |
Process.FrontProcessName Queries name of the frontmost app. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
Process.FrontWindowTitle Queries name of the frontmost window. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
Process.GetCurrentDirectory Queries current directory. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Process.IsFrontMost Checks if FileMaker is the frontmost application. | 2.9 |
❌ Server |
Process.List Queries process list. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
Process.LoadLibrary Loads a given native library. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Process.SetCurrentDirectory Sets the current directory. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Process.SetFrontMost Moves FileMaker application to the front. | 2.9 |
❌ Server |
ProcessActivity.List Lists all activities. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
ProcessActivity.Options Queries option flags. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
ProcessActivity.Reason Queries the reason text. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
ProcessActivity.beginActivity Begins an activity. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
ProcessActivity.endActivity Ends the activity started with ProcessActivity.beginActivity. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
ProgressDialog.ClearImage Clears image for the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetBottomText Queries the current text below the progress bar in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetButtonCaption Queries the current text from the button in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetCancel Queries the cancel state. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetImageHeight Queries image view height. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetImageWidth Queries image view width. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetPositionX Queries the x position of the dialog. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetPositionY Queries the y position of the dialog. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetProgress Queries current progress value. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetShowButton Queries current state of whether to show the cancel button or not. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetTitle Queries the current progress dialog title. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetTopMost Queries whether dialog is top most. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.GetTopText Queries the current text above the progress bar in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.Hide Hides the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.Reset Resets all options. | 6.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetBottomText Sets the bottom text in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetButtonCaption Sets the cancel button text. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetCancel Sets the cancel state. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetFont Sets the label's text sizes. | 2.9 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetImage Sets the image. Please use container value as parameter. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetImageHeight Sets image view height. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetImageWidth Sets image view width. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetPosition Set position of the dialog absolute. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetPositionCentered Set position of the dialog centered. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetPositionWindowCentered Set position of the dialog centered over a window. | 12.0 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetProgress Sets the current progress value. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetShowButton Sets whether to show the cancel button or not. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetTitle Sets the progress dialog title. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetTopMost Sets whether dialog is top most. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.SetTopText Sets the top text in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.Show Shows the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
ProgressDialog.Update Redraws the progress dialog. | 2.6 |
❌ Server |
Progressdialog.GetEvaluate Queries expression to evaluate. | 7.1 |
❌ Server |
Progressdialog.GetFileName Queries file name. | 7.1 |
❌ Server |
Progressdialog.GetScriptName Queries script name to run on button click. | 7.1 |
❌ Server |
Progressdialog.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate on button click. | 7.1 |
❌ Server |
Progressdialog.SetScript Sets the script to run when button is clicked. | 7.1 |
❌ Server |
Python.AddEvaluateFunction Adds an evaluate function. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.AddExecuteSQLFunction Adds an execute SQL function. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.Clear Clears the variables in the Python environment. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.DeleteValue Deletes a variable in the Python environment. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.Evaluate Evaluates an expression in Python. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.GetTag Queries tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.GetValue Queries a variable in the Python environment. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.HasValue Checks whether a variable is set for the Python environment. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.Keys Queries the list of names for values. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.LibraryVersion Queries the version text of the Python library. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.List Returns list of all Python environment IDs. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.Load Loads the Python library. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.Loaded Queries whether Python libraries have been loaded. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.New Creates a new Python environment. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.Path Queries the default module search path. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.PrintOutput Queries the output of print commands in Python. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.ProgramFullPath Queries full program path. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.ProgramName Queries the program name. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.PythonHome Queries the default "home" path. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.Release Releases the Python environment. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.ReleaseAll Releases all Python environments. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.Run Runs a Python script. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.RunFile Runs a Python script file. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
Python.SetInput Sets the input values to use. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.SetProgramName Sets the program name. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.SetPythonHome Sets the Python home. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.SetValue Sets a variable in the Python environment. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Python.ValueCount Queries number of variables. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.AddList Adds a list of values to a quick list. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.AddMultiValue Adds a value or list to the list. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.AddQuickList Adds the content of second list to first list. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.AddSQL Adds values to a quick list via SQL. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.AndColumn Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Clear Clears the content of the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Clone Creates a clone of the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Count Queries the count of items in list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.CountValuesMatching Count matching entries in list. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Find Finds an entry in the list. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.FindDuplicateItems Finds duplicate items in the list. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.GetColumn Queries a column from each line in a list. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.GetList Queries the list as text. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.HasValues Checks whether a list contains the given values. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.JSONArray Returns all texts in the QuickList as a JSON array. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.JoinJSON Joins text in a QuickList as JSON array. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.List Returns list of all quick list IDs. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.MatchesSubString Finds list entries which contains a given text. | 6.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.New Creates a new list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.NotColumn Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Or Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.OrColumn Returns values of both lists. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Pop Pops last value from the list. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.PopFirst Pops the first value from a list. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Push Pushes a value to the end of the list. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Release Releases the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Remove Removes the value with the given index. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.RemoveValue Removes a value from a quick list. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Reserve Reserves memory for a list of given size. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.SetList Sets the list to the content of the passed list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Shuffle Shuffles the items in the list. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Sort Sorts the list. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.SortWith Sorts the list with together with other lists. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.SortWithEvaluate Sorts a list with using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.SubList Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
QuickList.XOrColumn Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
RSA.DecryptPrivateKey Decrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
RSA.EncryptPrivateKey Encrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
RSA.GeneratePrivateKey Creates a new private key. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
RSA.GetPublicKey Queries public key from private key. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
RSA.PrivateDecrypt Decrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
RSA.PrivateEncrypt Encrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
RSA.PublicDecrypt Decrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
RSA.PublicEncrypt Encrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
RSA.Sign Signs data with RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
RSA.Verify Verifies RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.CaptureCount Queries number of captured sub patterns. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Compile Compiles a pattern. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Execute Executes a statement. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Extract Extracts found text. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.FindMatches Finds in a text all matches of a given pattern and returns list. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.List Returns list of all regex IDs. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Match Matches a text against to a pattern. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.MatchList Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.MinimumLength Queries the minimum length of the text to match. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.NameCount Queries number of names. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.NamedSubstring Queries the named substring. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Options Queries the options to used when compiling the pattern. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Pattern Queries the pattern used to compile this regular expression. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Quote Quotes text for use in patterns. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Release Frees memory for a regular expression. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.ReleaseAll Frees all regular expression objects. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Replace Replace pattern once. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.ReplaceAll Replaces patterns. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Results Queries the result from execute. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Size Queries size of compiled pattern. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.StringNumber Queries the index number of a name. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Study Studies the regular expression for improved execution speed. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Substring Queries a substring. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.SubstringList Returns list of substrings. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
RegEx.Version Returns the version number of the PCRE library. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
Register This function is used to register the Plugin. | 1.0 |
✅ Server |
Registration Returns a list of the currently registered components. | 1.0 |
✅ Server |
RemoteControl.ClickMouse Moves the mouse cursor and performs a click. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.HideCursor Hides the mouse cursor. | 3.4 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.InsertText Sends text to active window/control. | 12.4 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.IsAltKeyDown Checks whether alt/option key is down. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.IsCapsLockKeyDown Checks whether caps lock key is down. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.IsCommandKeyDown Checks whether command key is down. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.IsControlKeyDown Checks whether control key is down. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.IsFunctionKeyDown Checks whether function key is down. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.IsShiftKeyDown Checks whether shift key is down. | 14.1 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.MouseButtons Returns bit mask for pressed mouse buttons. | 11.5 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.MouseX Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.MouseY Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.MoveMouse Moves the mouse cursor. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.PressControlKey Presses control key. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.PressKey Presses a key. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.PressKeyLater Presses a key after delay. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.PressOptionKey Presses option/alt key. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.PressShiftKey Presses shift key. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
RemoteControl.ShowCursor Shows the mouse cursor. | 3.4 |
❌ Server |
SQL.Cancel Attempts to cancel the pending result set, or current statement execution. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ClientVersion Gets the DBMS client API version number. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.Close Closes the specified command object. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.CommandText Gets the command text associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.CommandType Gets the command type currently associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.Commit Saves any changes and ends the current transaction. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.Connect Opens the connection to a data source. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ConvertDateTimeFromSQL Converts a date or timestamp to FileMaker format. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ConvertDateTimeToSQL Converts a date/time/timestamp to SQL text. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.Disconnect Disconnects the connection from the database. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.Execute Executes the current command. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FetchFirst Fetches the first row from a result set. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FetchLast Fetches the last row from a result set. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FetchNext Fetches next row from a result set. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FetchPos Fetches a row from a result set. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FetchPrior Fetches previous row from a result set. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FieldCount Returns the number of fields (columns) in a result set. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FieldExists Checks whether a field exists. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FreeAllConnections Frees all SQL connections and commands. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FreeCommand Frees the command and releases all memory associated with it. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.FreeConnection Call this method if you are done with a connection. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetAutoCommit Checks whether autocommit is enabled or disabled for the current connection. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetCommandOption Gets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetCommandOptions Queries list of options for command. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetCommandTag Queries tag for command. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetConnectionOption Gets a string value of a specific connection option. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetConnectionOptions Queries list of options for connection. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetConnectionTag Queries tag for connection. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsBoolean Returns field's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsContainer Queries field value as container. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsDate Returns field's value as date value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsDateTime Returns field's value as timestamp value.- | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsFloat Returns field's value as floating point number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsJPEG Returns field's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsNumber Returns field's value as integer number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsPDF Returns field's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsPNG Returns field's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsText Returns field's value as text value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldAsTime Returns field's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldDataType Returns field data type. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldIsNull Whether the field value is NULL. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldName Returns name of the field. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldNameList Queries list of field names. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldOption Gets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldOptions Queries list of options for field. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldValue Returns field's value. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldValueList Queries list of field values. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetFieldsAsJSON Queries fields values current record as JSON object. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetIsolationLevel Gets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsBoolean Returns param's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsContainer Queries parameter value as container. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsDate Returns param's value as date; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsDateTime Returns param's value as timestamp value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsFloat Returns param's value as floating point number; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsJPEG Returns parameters's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsNumber Returns param's value as integer; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsPDF Returns parameters's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsPNG Returns parameters's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsText Returns param's value as text; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamAsTime Returns param's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamDataType Returns parameter data type. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamIsDefault Checks whether parameter is default value. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamIsNull Whether the parameter value is NULL. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamName Returns the name of the parameter. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamNameList Queries list of parameter names. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamOption Gets a string value of a specific parameter option. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamOptions Queries list of options for parameter. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamValue Returns param's value. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamValueList Queries list of parameter values. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetParamsAsJSON Queries parameters as JSON object. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetRecordsAsJSON Queries records of current result set as JSON array. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.GetRecordsAsText Queries all records as text. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InsertOrUpdateRecords Creates or updates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InsertRecords Creates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activate Activates the internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activated Checks if internal SQLite library is used. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Deactivate Deactivates the use of internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICUEnabled Queries whether ICU libraries are enabled. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICULoaded Queries whether ICU libraries are loaded. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICUUsed Queries whether ICU libraries have been used. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.LoadICU Loads ICU libraries now. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SetICUEnabled Sets whether to use ICU libraries. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SourceID Returns the source code ID. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Version Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.VersionNumber Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ListCommands Returns a list of all SQL Commands. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ListConnections Returns a list of all SQL Connections. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.MySQL.InsertID For MySQL Connection queries the last insert ID. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
SQL.NewCommand Creates a new command. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.NewConnection Initialize a new SAConnection object and returns Connection Reference. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.Open Opens the specified command object. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ParamCount Returns the number of parameters associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.Prepare Validates and prepares the current command for execution. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ResetCommand Clears all DBMS related handles and sturctures but doesn't destroy them (mostly for Unix fork/exec based applications) | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ResetConnection Clears all DBMS related handles and structures but doesn't destroy them. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.Rollback Cancels any changes made during the current transaction and ends the transaction. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.RowsAffected Queries the number of rows affected. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SQLite3.EnableLoadExtension Enables extensions on SQLite 3. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SQLite3.LastInsertRowID For SQLite3, returns the last row ID used. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SQLite3.MemoryHighwater Queries maximum memory usage so far. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SQLite3.MemoryUsed Queries memory in use by SQLite. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SQLite3.ReKey You can change the key on a database using the Rekey Function. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SQLite3.SetKey Sets the encryption key to use. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ServerVersion The long number of the currently connected server version. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.ServerVersionString Gets the currently connected DBMS server version string. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetAutoCommit Enables or disables autocommit for the current connection, that is, automatic commit of every SQL command. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetClient Assigns an DBMS client for the connection. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetCommandOption Sets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetCommandTag Sets the tag for the command. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetCommandText Sets the command text. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetConnectionOption Sets a string value of a specific connection or command option. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetConnectionTag Sets the tag for the connection. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetFieldOption Sets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetIsolationLevel Sets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamAsBoolean Sets parameter's value as bool data. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamAsContainer Sets parameter's value as BLOB value with data from a container. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamAsDate Sets parameter's value as Date data. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamAsDateTime Sets parameter's value as DateTime data. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamAsFloat Sets parameter's value as floating point number. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamAsNumber Sets parameter's value as 32-bit integer number. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamAsText Sets parameter's value as character string data. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamAsTime Sets parameter's value as Time data. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamDataType Sets parameter's data type. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamDefault Sets the default value for this parameter. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamNull Sets parameter's value as null. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamOption Sets a string value of a specific parameter option. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamTypesValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamUnknown Sets parameter's type as unknown. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamValue Sets parameter's value. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SQL.SetParamsWithJSON Sets parameters based on values in JSON. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
SQL.isAlive Returns the database server connection status for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.isConnected Returns the connection state for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.isExecuted Whether command was executed. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.isOpened Tests whether the specified command object is opened. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SQL.isResultSet Tests whether a result set exists after the command execution. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
SSH.CloseChannel Closes the channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.ConfigureKeepAlive Configures keep alive probes. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Connect Connects a new socket to the given IP & Port. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Disconnect Disconnects the session. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.EOF Check a channel's EOF status. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Execute Executes something on the server. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Flush Flush streams for this channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.FreeChannel Frees the SSH channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.GetExitState Get the remote exit code. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.GetIP Queries IP or domain used to connect. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.GetPort Queries port used to connect. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.GetTag Queries tag value. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.GetTimeout Queries timeout. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.GetUserName The user name we got authenticated for. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.HostKey Returns the hex encoded host key. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.HostKeyHash Returns the hex encoded host key hash. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.IsAuthenticated Queries the authentication state. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.List Lists all IDs of SSH connection objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
SSH.New Creates a new SSH session. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.OpenSession Opens a SSH channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.ReadHex Reads bytes from channel and returns them hex encoded. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.ReadText Reads bytes from channel and returns them as text. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Release Frees the memory for the ssh session. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.ReleaseAll Release all SSH sessions. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
SSH.RequestPTY Request a PTY on an established channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.SendEOF Send EOF to remote server. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.SessionHandshake Perform the SSH handshake. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.SetEnv Set an environment variable on the channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.SetTimeout Sets timeout. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Shell Request a shell on a channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.BytesReceived Queries number of bytes received. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.BytesSent Queries number of bytes sent. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.Cancel Cancel the tunnel. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.Cancelled Queries cancel state for tunnel. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.GetConnected Queries whether tunnel is connected and transfers data. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.GetKeepAlive Queries keep alive status. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.Messages Queries messages from tunnel. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.Run Creates a SSH tunnel on the session. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.Running Queries whether tunnel is running. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SSH.Tunnel.SetKeepAlive Sets keep alive status. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
SSH.UserAuthKeyboardInteractive Authenticate a session using keyboard-interactive authentication. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.UserAuthList List supported authentication methods. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.UserAuthPassword Authenticate a session with username and password. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.UserAuthPublicKey Authenticate a session with a public key, read from memory. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.UserAuthPublicKeyFile Authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.WaitClosed Wait for the remote to close the channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.WaitEOF Wait for the remote end to acknowledge an EOF request. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.WaitSocket Waits on the socket for sending or receiving. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.WriteHex Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SSH.WriteText Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
Schedule.Check Checks if something needs to be run. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.ClearEvaluateResult Clears result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.ClearSQLResult Clears result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.EvaluateAfterDelay Evaluates an expression after a delay. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.EvaluateAtTime Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.EvaluateAtTimeStamp Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.EvaluateOnIdle Evaluates an expression after a given idle period. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.ExecuteSQLAfterDelay Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTime Runs a sql query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTimeStamp Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.ExecuteSQLOnIdle Runs a SQL query after idle period. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetAutoRelease Queries if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetEnabled Queries whether schedules are enabled. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetEvaluate Queries the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetEvaluateResult Queries result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetFileName Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetLastTimeStamp Queries the last time stamp the schedule run. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetRepeatDelay Queries the delay between scheduled script calls. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetRunCount Queries the number of schedule executions. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetSQL Queries the scheduled SQL command. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetSQLResult Queries result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetScriptName Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetScriptParameter Returns the script parameter for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Schedule.GetTimeStamp Queries the timestamp of next execution of schedule. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.List Provides a list with all scheduled script starts or SQL commands. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.Release Releases schedule reference. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.ReleaseAll Releases all scheduled. | 6.4 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetAutoRelease Sets if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetEnabled Pauses or resumes all schedules. | 13.3 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetFileName Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetRepeatDelay Sets the repeat delay for the schedule. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetSQL Sets the SQL for the schedule. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetScriptName Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetScriptParameter Sets the script parameter for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
Schedule.SetTimeStamp Sets the timestamp where a schedule runs the next time. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.SetURL Sets the URL to query when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.StartScriptAfterDelay Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.StartScriptAtTime Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.StartScriptAtTimeStamp Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Schedule.StartScriptOnIdle Runs a script after idle period. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Screen.Count Queries the number of screens. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Screen.Height Queries screen height. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Screen.Left Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Screen.Scale Queries scale of screen. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
Screen.Top Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Screen.Width Queries screen width. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Screenshot Takes a screenshot of the screen indicated by the "ScreenID" parameter. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
ScreenshotRect This function will take snapshot of the area of the screen described by the first four Parameters. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
SendMail.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AddBCC Adds a blind copy recipient. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AddCC Adds a copy recipient. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AddHeader Adds an header to the email. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AddRecipient Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AddReplyTo Adds a recipient to reply to. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AddTo Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.ClearAttachments Clears all attachments from this email. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.ClearHeaders Clears the headers for email. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.ClearRecipients Clears all recipients. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.CreateEmail Creates a new email. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetHTMLText Queries the html text of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetInReplyTo Queries the reply to address of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetMessageID Queries the message ID of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetPlainText Queries the plain text of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetRichText Queries the rich text of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetSMTPPassword Queries the smtp password of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetSMTPServer Queries the smtp server of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetSMTPUserName Queries the smtp username of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetSource Queries the source code for the email. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.GetSubject Queries the subject of this email. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.PrepareCURL Setups existing CURL session for an email transfer. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.Release Releases all memory used by this email. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.ReleaseAll Frees all SendMail objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetFrom Sets the email from address. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetHTMLText Sets the HTML text of the new email. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetInReplyTo Sets the in reply to message ID. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetMessageID Sets the message ID. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetPlainText Sets the plain text of the new email. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetRichText Sets the enriched text of the new email. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetSMTPPassword Sets the password for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetSMTPServer Sets which SMTP server to use. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetSMTPUserName Sets the username for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.SetSubject Sets the subject line. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
SendMail.Sign Signs the email. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.AvailableBytes Queries number of bytes available in buffer. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.Clear Clears incoming buffer. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.Close Closes serial port. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.CloseAll Closes all serial ports. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetBaudRate Queries the baud rate. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetCTS Queries current CTS mode. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetDSR Queries whether DSR mode is used. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetDTR Queries whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetDataBits Queries the data bit size. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetParity Queries parity setting. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetRTS Queries whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetStopBits Queries number of stop bits. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetTag Queries tag value. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.GetXON Queries if XON/XOFF flow control is used. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.HasLine Checks if a line is available. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.IsSuspended Checks suspension state. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.LastError Returns the system error from last serial port function call. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.List Returns list of names of serial ports. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.Open Opens a serial port. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.OpenPath Opens a special file, device or pipe. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.Path Queries the path used to open the serial port. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.Read Reads bytes from serial port and returns them as text. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.ReadByte Reads a single byte to the serial port. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.ReadHex Reads bytes from serial port and returns them hex encoded. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.ReadLine Reads a line of text from serial port. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.Resume Resumes serial port. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetBaudRate Sets the baud rate. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetCTS Sets CTS mode. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetDSR Sets whether DSR mode is used. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetDTR Sets whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available expression for this serial port. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this serial port. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetDataBits Sets data bit size. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetParity Sets parity setting. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetRTS Sets whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetStopBits Sets number of stop bits. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetTag Sets tag value. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.SetXON Sets the serial port to use XON/XOFF mode. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.Suspend Suspends serial port. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.Write Writes text to the serial port. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.WriteByte Writes a single byte to the serial port. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SerialPort.WriteHex Writes text to the serial port. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SharedMemory.DeleteValue New in 14.5 Deletes a shared memory value. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
SharedMemory.Exists Checks whether shared memory exists. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
SharedMemory.GetValue Queries shared memory value. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
SharedMemory.LookupValue Queries shared memory value. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
SharedMemory.SetValue Sets shared memory value. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
Shell.AddArgument Adds an argument. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.AddEnvironment Adds an entry for environment variables. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.AvailableBytesError Queries number of available bytes in error. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.AvailableBytesOutput Queries number of available bytes in output. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.ClearArguments Clears arguments list. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.ClearEnvironment Clears list of environment variables. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.CloseInput Closes input stream. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Shell.CloseStreams Closes all streams. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Shell.Execute Executes a child process. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.ExitCode Queries exit code of child application. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetApplicationName Queries application name. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetArgument Queries argument. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetArgumentCount Queries number of arguments. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetArguments Queries arguments as list. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetBufferSize Queries desired shell buffer size. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetCompletedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
Shell.GetCompletedScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
Shell.GetCompletedScriptName Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
Shell.GetCurrentDirectory Queries current directory path. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetDataAvailableEvaluate Queries expression to be run when data is available. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
Shell.GetDataAvailableScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell has data available. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
Shell.GetDataAvailableScriptName Queries script name to call in when shell has data available. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
Shell.GetDomain Queries domain name for login. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetEnvironment Queries list with environment variables. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetPassword Queries password for login. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetTag Queries tag value. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
Shell.GetUsername Queries user name. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.IsRunning Queries whether application is running. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.List Lists all IDs of shell objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
Shell.New Creates a new shell object. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.PeekErrorText Peeks into error output buffer. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.PeekOutputText Peeks into output buffer. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.ProcessIdentifier Queries process identifier of child process. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.ReadErrorText Reads error. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.ReadOutputText Reads output. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.Release Frees the shell object. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.ReleaseAll Frees all Shell objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetApplicationName Sets the application name. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetArguments Sets list of arguments to parameters of this functions. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetArgumentsList Sets list of arguments. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetBufferSize Sets desired shell buffer size. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetCompletedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when shell is done. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
Shell.SetCompletedScript Sets which script to call when shell is done. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
Shell.SetCurrentDirectory Sets the current directory to use. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets expression to be run when shell has data available. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
Shell.SetDataAvailableScript Sets the script to run when new data arrived. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
Shell.SetDomain Sets the domain to use for login. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetPassword Sets the password for login. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetTag Sets tag value. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
Shell.SetUsername Sets the user name. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.Terminate Terminates the child process. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.Wait Waits for child process. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Shell.WriteInputText Writes a text to input stream. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
ShowURL Shows an URL. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Available Whether SmartCard API is available. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.BeginTransaction Starts a transaction. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Cancel Terminates all outstanding actions within a specific resource manager context. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.CancelTransaction Cancels current transaction. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Connect Connects to a smartcard. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Control Direct control of the reader. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Disconnect Disconnects card. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.EndTransaction Ends transaction. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.GetActiveProtocol Queries the active protocol. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.GetAttribute Retrieves the current reader attribute. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.HeaderTemplate Queries header template. | 6.4 |
❌ Server |
SmartCard.Init Initializes a smartcard context. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.ListReaderGroups Queries list of reader groups. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.ListReaders Queries list of readers. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.PerformSignature Performs signature. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.ReadCertificate Reads certificate for smart cards. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.ReadFile Read file from smart card with APDU protocol. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Reconnect Reconnects to smart card with different protocol. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Release Releases context and all memory needed. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.ReleaseAll Frees all SmartCard objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.SetAttribute Sets the given reader attribute. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.SplitValues Split values read from smart card. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Status Queries current status of smart card in reader. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Transmit Sends a service request to the smart card and expects to receive data back from the card. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.TransmitReceiveHeader Returns the receive header from last Transmit. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
SmartCard.Valid Determines whether a smart card context handle is valid. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.AcceptNewConnection Accepts a new connection and returns a new socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.AddMembership Adds this socket to a multicast group. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.AvailableBytes Queries number of bytes in read buffer. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.Check Performs the socket event check. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.CheckAll Checks status of all sockets. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ClearErrorHandler Clears the error handler. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ClearNewConnectionHandler Clears the new connection handler. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
Socket.Close Closes a socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.CloseAll Closes all open sockets. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.Connect Connects a TCP/IP socket to the given domain/IP on the given port. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.DropMembership Removes this socket from a multicast group. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.EnableKeepAlive Enables keep alive of TCP/IP socket. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.GetBroadcast Queries whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.GetMulticastInterface Queries the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.GetMulticastLoop Queries whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.GetMulticastTimeToLive Queries time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.GetReceiveBufferSize Query receive buffer size. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.GetSendBufferSize Query send buffer size. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.GetTag Queries the tag value of the socket. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.GetTimeToLive Queries time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.IsClosed Checks if socket got closed. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Socket.IsListening Checks whether socket is listening. | 9.0 |
✅ Server |
Socket.LastError Queries the last error code for the given socket. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.LastMessageIP Returns the IP from the last message received. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.LastMessagePort Returns the port from the last message received. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.List Liste all reference numbers for sockets. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Socket.Listen Binds the socket to the port and starts listening. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.LocalIP Queries local IP. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
Socket.LocalPort Queries local port number. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
Socket.NewTCPSocket Creates a new TCP Socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.NewUDPSocket Creates a new UDP Socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.Peek Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.PeekAll Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.PeekAllHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.PeekHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.Read Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ReadAll Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ReadAllHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ReadHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ReadLine Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ReadLineHex Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.ReadMLLP Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.RemoteIP Returns IP of the remote socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.RemotePort Returns port of the socket on the other side. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SSL.Accept Wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SSL.Connect Initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SSL.GetMethod Queries the SSL method. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SSL.Initialize Initializes a SSL connection. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SSL.Prepare First step in SSL initialization. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SSL.SetMethod Sets the SSL method for this socket. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SSL.UseCertificateFile Defines to use a certificate key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SSL.UsePrivateKeyFile Defines to use a private key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SendMessage Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SendMessageHex Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetBroadcast Enables or disables whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available evaluation for this socket. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Socket.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Socket.SetDataAvailableURL Sets the URL to query when data is available. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetErrorEvaluate Sets the error expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Socket.SetErrorHandler Sets the error handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Socket.SetErrorURL Sets the URL to query when error happens. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetMulticastInterface Sets the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetMulticastLoop Sets whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetMulticastTimeToLive Sets time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetNewConnectionEvaluate Sets the new connection expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Socket.SetNewConnectionHandler Sets the new connection handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Socket.SetNewConnectionURL Sets the URL to query when new connection is received. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetReceiveBufferSize Sets receive buffer size. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetSendBufferSize Sets send buffer size. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetTag Sets the tag of the socket. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.SetTimeToLive Sets time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Socket.Write Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.WriteByte Writes a single byte to the socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.WriteHex Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Socket.WriteMLLP Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Speech.AvailableVoices Query the list of available voices. | 6.4 |
❌ Server |
Speech.IsPaused Checks whether we are paused. | 8.3 |
❌ Server |
Speech.IsSpeaking Queries whether text is speaking. | 7.5 |
❌ Server |
Speech.Pause Pauses speech. | 8.3 |
❌ Server |
Speech.Resume Resumes speech. | 8.3 |
❌ Server |
Speech.Speak Speaks text. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
Speech.Stop Stops speech as soon as possible. | 11.1 |
❌ Server |
StoreRegistration Stores registration on Mac in preferences file of FileMaker so the plugin can auto register itself on startup of FileMaker. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SyntaxColoring.FormatCalculation Reformats the calculation text. | 14.1 |
✅ Server |
System.Logout Logout current user. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
System.Restart Restarts computer. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
System.Shutdown Shuts computer down. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
System.Sleep Asks computer to go to sleep (standby). | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.AvailableRAM Returns the size of the free RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.CPUBrandString Returns the CPU brand string. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.CPULoad Queries system load statistics. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.ComputerName Returns the name of the computer. | 1.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.DomainName Returns the domain name of the current computer. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.DoubleClickTime Queries the double click time for this computer in seconds. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.HardDiscSerial Returns the hard disc serial number of the first hard disc which has a serial number. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.HostDNSName Queries the domain name for the host name. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.HostName Returns the hostname for this computer. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.IdleTime Returns the global idle time in seconds. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
SystemInfo.Is64bitWindows Checks Windows on Windows status. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.IsAdminUser Tries to check if user is admin user on the system. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.IsLowPowerModeEnabled Queries Low Power mode. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.IsiOSAppOnMac Whether the app is for iOS and runs on macOS. | 11.0 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.MACAddress Returns the hardware ethernet address of the first ethernet card. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.OSName Returns the name of the operating system. | 1.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.OSVersionString Returns the Name of the operating system with version. | 1.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.PhysicalRAM Returns the size of the physical RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.ProcessorCount Returns the number of processors on the target system. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.SystemFont Returns the system font. | 1.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.Time Returns current system time stamp as double. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.UserName Returns the user name. | 1.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.UserShortName Returns the user's short name. eg 'admin' | 1.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isARM Whether CPU is ARM based. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isBigSur Whether the operation system is macOS 11 Big Sur or newer. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isCatalina Whether the operation system is macOS 10.15 Catalina or newer. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isHighSierra Whether the operation system is macOS 10.13 High Sierra or newer. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isMacOSX Returns 1 if being called on macOS. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isMojave Whether the operation system is macOS 10.14 Mojave or newer. | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isMonterey Whether the operation system is MacOS 12 Monterey or newer. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isSequoia Whether the operation system is macOS 15 Sequoia or newer. | 14.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isSonoma Whether the operation system is macOS 14 Sonoma or newer. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isTranslated Queries whether application is translated on Apple Silicon Macs. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isVentura Whether the operation system is macOS 13 Ventura or newer. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isWindows10 Returns 1 if called on Windows 10 or higher. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isWindows11 Returns 1 if called on Windows 11. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
SystemInfo.isWindows8 Returns 1 if called on Windows 8. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
TOTP.Calculate Calculates a Time-based one-time password. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
TOTP.CurrentTime Queries current time. | 12.3 |
✅ Server |
TOTP.DecodeFromBase32 Decode a base 32 string. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
TOTP.EncodeToBase32 Encode a base32 string. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.AddLineNumbers Adds line numbers to text. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.AppendTextFile Appends a text file with the given text. | 2.8 |
✅ Server |
Text.CapitalCase Converts text to capital case letters. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.Character Creates a character with given number. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.Characters Returns the character codes. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.Code Queries the number of a character. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.Concat Creates a text with concatenating all the given parameters. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
Text.ConcatWithDelimiter Creates a text with concatenating all the given parameters. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.ConvertFromTextEncoding Converts text from a text encoding. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.ConvertToTextEncoding Converts text into a text encoding. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterComposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterDecomposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.CountWords Counts words. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeBytesFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as byte values. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeFromBase64 Decode a base 64 string. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeFromBase64URL Decode a base 64 URL string. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeFromBytes Decode a byte string. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeFromHTML Decodes html text. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeFromHex Decode a hex string. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeFromQuotedPrintable Decodes a string with quoted printable encoding. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeFromURL Decode an URL string. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeFromXML Decodes xml text. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeHexFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as hex values. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeIMAPFolderName Decodes text from IMAP UTF-7. | 9.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.DecodeURLComponent Decodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.Deserialize Restores a styled text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeBytesToBase64 Encodes string with byte values to base 64. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeEmailSubject Encodes an email subject. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeHexToBase64 Encodes hex string to base 64. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeToBase64 Encode a base64 string. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeToBase64URL Encode a base64 URL string. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeToBytes Encode a byte string. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeToHTML Encodes text as html. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeToHex Encode a hex string. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeToQuotedPrintable Returns a string with quoted printable characters. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeToURL Encode an URL string. | 2.6 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeToXML Encodes text as xml. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.EncodeURLComponent Encodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.FileExtensionToMimeType Finds a mime type for a file extension. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.FilterASCII Filters text to ASCII. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.FilterSwissQRCode New in 14.5 Filters characters for Swiss QR code for payments. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
Text.FilterUTF16 Filters text to UTF-16. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.FindBetween Searches text for text between the two search strings. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.FromStyles Creates styled text from JSON made with Text.Style. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.HTMLtoJSON Parses HTML and transforms to JSON. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
Text.InvalidCharactersForEncoding Looks for invalid characters for an encoding. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.JaroWinklerDistance Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Text.LeftTrim Trims whitespace on the left side. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.Length Query length of text. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.LevenshteinDistance Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
Text.List Creates a list with all the given parameters. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
Text.ListWords Split words and list them. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.LowerCase Converts text to lower case letters. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.MergeFields Merge field and variable names into text. | 8.5 |
✅ Server |
Text.MimeTypeToFileExtension Returns file extension for given mime type. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.RTFToText Parses RTF to styled text. | 11.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.ReadEMLXFile Reads email text from emlx file. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.ReadTextFile Reads a text file. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.ReadTextFromContainer Reads content of container value as text. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.RedefineEncoding Takes a text in a given encoding and reencodes it with other encoding. | 5.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.RemoveAccents Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.RemoveAccentsCaseInsensitive Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.RemoveControlCharacters Removes control characters. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.RemoveNewLine Removes newline characters from string. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.RemovePostfix Removes the postfix from text. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.RemovePrefix Removes the prefix from text. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.ReplaceAll Find & Replace all occurrences of a text. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.ReplaceNewline Replaces newline characters. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.Reverse Reverses the order of characters in the text. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.RightTrim Trims whitespace on the right side. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.Serialize Serializes styled text as text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.SoundEx Returns soundex string for the given text. | 2.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.SoundExGerman Returns soundex string for the given text. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
Text.Styles Queries style information as JSON. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.TextToHTML Creates HTML text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
Text.TextToRTF Creates RTF text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.Tidy Performs tidy on XML or HTML. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.TidyErrorLog Queries the error log for the last call to the Text.Tidy function. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.Trim Trims whitespace on the left and right side. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
Text.UpperCase Converts text to upper case letters. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Text.WriteTextFile Writes a text file with the given text. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Text.WriteToContainer Write a text as a FILE in a container. | 4.4 |
✅ Server |
TextView.CanUndo Whether undo is possible currently. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.Copy Performs copy operation. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.CreateWithControl Creates a new text view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.CreateWithSize Creates a new text view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.Cut Performs cut operation. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetAutoCorrectionEnabled Queries auto correction setting. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetHeight Queries current height of text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetLeft Queries current position of the text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetPlainText Queries plain text. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetRTF Queries RTF text. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetReadOnly Queries read only flag. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetSelectedPlainText Queries plain text. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetSelectedStyledText Queries styled text. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetSelectionLength Queries length of selection. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetSelectionStart Queries start of selection. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetSpellCheckingEnabled Queries spell checking setting. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetStyled Queries styled flag. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetStyledText Queries styled text. | 10.4 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetTop Queries current position of the text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetWidth Queries current width of the text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.GetWindowRef Queries the window where this text view is located. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.List Queries list of all currently active text views. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.Paste Performs paste operation. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.Release Releases the text view and reclaims memory. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all text views. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetAutoCorrectionEnabled Sets auto correction setting. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetFocus Sets focus to the text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions text view to given control. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetPlainText Sets the plain text. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetRTF Sets text with RTF. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetReadOnly Sets read only flag. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetSelectedPlainText Sets the plain text. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetSelectedStyledText Sets the styled text. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetSelection Sets selection. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetSelectionLength Sets selection length. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetSelectionStart Sets selection start. | 10.5 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetSpellCheckingEnabled Sets the spell checking setting. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetStyled Sets styled flag. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetStyledText Sets the styled text. | 10.4 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.SetVisible Hides or shows the text view. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.ShowFontPanel Shows font panel. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
TextView.Undo Performs undo operation. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
Time.Format Formats a date with C time formatting functions. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
Time.Parse Parses a date. | 6.4 |
✅ Server |
Time.Sleep Delays execution for the given number of milliseconds. | 4.1 |
✅ Server |
Time.TimeStampToUTC Converts timestamp to UTC. | 6.1 |
✅ Server |
Time.TimeZoneOffset Queries time zone offset. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
Time.UnixTimeStamp Returns the unix time stamp. | 3.1 |
✅ Server |
Time.UnixTimeStampToFileMaker Converts time from unix to FileMaker. | 8.3 |
✅ Server |
Time.Wait Waits for the given number of milliseconds. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
Trace Starts logging all plugin calls to a text file. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Trace.GetErrorsOnly Queries whether to trace only errors. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Trace.GetServerLogPath Queries server log path. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
Trace.GetWithTimes Queries whether to trace with times. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Trace.IsEnabled Queries trace on/off status. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
Trace.IsPaused Queries pause state of trace function. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
Trace.Off Disables tracing. | 3.3 |
✅ Server |
Trace.Path Queries current trace path. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
Trace.Pause Pauses trace logging until you resume. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
Trace.Resume Resumes trace logging. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
Trace.SetErrorsOnly Sets whether to only log trace. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Trace.SetServerLogPath Enables logging per thread for server. | 10.4 |
✅ Server |
Trace.SetWithTimes Sets whether to include times in traces. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
Trace.WriteLine Adds line to trace logging. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
Twain.Acquire Acquires a picture. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.ClearCancelScript Clears the cancel script. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Twain.ClearNotificationScript Clears the notification script. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Twain.CloseDS Closes data source. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.CloseDSM Closes data source manager. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.CurrentDSIdentity Queries current data source. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.CurrentImage Queries the current image from last query. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.DisableDS Disables the data source. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetAutofeed Queries whether plugin should auto feed (if feeder is enabled). | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetAutomaticBorderDetection Queries whether plugin should enable automatic border detection. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetAutomaticBrightness Queries the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any). | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetAutomaticRotate Queries whether plugin should enable automatic rotation. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetBrightness Queries the brightness setting to use. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetCloseAfterTransfer Whether to close window and data source after a transfer. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetCompressionQuality Queries the current quality setting. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetContrast Queries which contrast value to use. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetDSIdentitiesCount Queries number of data sources. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetDSIdentity Queries data source with given index. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetDefaultIdentity Queries default data source. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetDiscardBlankPages Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.2 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetDuplexEnabled Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.2 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetFeededEnabled Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetFilePaths Queries the list of file paths used to create files. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetFileType Queries the current file type. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetFolderPath Queries the folder path. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetGamma Queries the gamma correction value for the image data. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetHighlight Queries which value to use for highlight. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetImageCount Queries the number of images in memory. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetOrientation Queries current orientation. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetPaper Queries the paper to use. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetPixelType Queries current pixel type setting. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetResolutionX Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetResolutionY Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetShadow Queries which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.GetUIVisible Queries internal state from plugin about whether a TWAIN dialog is visible currently. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Twain.ImageInfo Queries image details for last scanned image. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.Initialize Initializes the Twain functions. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.IsDSEnabled Whether data source is enabled. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.IsInitialized Checks if Twain library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
Twain.OpenDS Opens a data source. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.OpenDSM Opens data source manager. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SelectDS Queries dialog to ask the user to select a data source. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SelectDSIdentity Sets current data source. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetAutofeed Whether to enable auto feed when next scan starts. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetAutomaticBorderDetection Whether to enable automatic border detection when next scan starts. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetAutomaticBrightness Enables or disables the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any). | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetAutomaticRotate Whether to enable automatic rotation when next scan starts. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetBrightness Sets the brightness setting to use. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetCancelScript Sets the script to call when a dialog was shown and the user pressed Cancel button. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetCloseAfterTransfer Whether to close window and data source after a transfer. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetCompressionQuality Sets the compression quality for JPEG images. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetContrast Sets which contrast value to use. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetDefaultDSIdentity Sets default data source. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetDiscardBlankPages Whether to have the scanner ask to discard blank pages. | 3.2 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetDuplexEnabled Whether to enable duplex when next scan starts. | 3.2 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetFeededEnabled Whether to enable feeder when next scan starts. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetFileType Sets the file type to use for writing image files. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetFolderPath Sets the folder path for storing image files. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetGamma Sets the gamma correction value for the image data. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetHighlight Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the lightest highlight. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetNotificationScript Sets the script to call when a transfer is complete and you can query image. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetOrientation Sets current orientation. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetPaper Requests to use a certain paper. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetPaperSize Requests a page size in inches. | 5.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetPixelType Sets the pixel type requested on next Twain.Acquire command. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetResolutionX Sets the horizontal resolution for scanning. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetResolutionY Sets the vertical resolution for scanning. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SetShadow Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow. | 3.5 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SupportsBW Whether device supports black and white pixel type. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SupportsGray Whether current device supports gray pixel type. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SupportsMemoryTransfer Whether device supports memory transfers. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.SupportsRGB Whether current device supports RGB pixel type. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
Twain.TransferImage Transfers an image. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
URLScheme.GetDefaultHandler Queries the default scheme handler for the given scheme name. | 3.0 |
❌ Server |
URLScheme.SetDefaultHandler Sets the user's preferred handler for the specified URL scheme to point to the current application. | 2.0 |
❌ Server |
USB.Count Queries all USB Devices and returns the number of found devices. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
USB.FindDevice Finds USB devices. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
USB.FindSerialNumber Searches the USB device list for a device with the given serial number. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
USB.GetProductID Queries the product ID of an USB device. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
USB.GetProductName Queries the product name of an USB device. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
USB.GetSerialNumber Queries the serial number of an USB device. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
USB.GetVendorID Queries the vendor ID of an USB device. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
USB.GetVendorName Queries the vendor name of an USB device. | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
UUID.Formatted Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a formatted string. | 2.3 |
✅ Server |
UUID.FromNumber Converts from formatted UUID to UUID number. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
UUID.Hex Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a hex string. | 2.3 |
✅ Server |
UUID.Number Creates new UUID number. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
UUID.Raw Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a 16 byte string. The string is not for displaying to users, but for small footprint on storage. | 2.3 |
✅ Server |
UUID.ToNumber Converts from UUID number to formatted UUID. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.Close Closes the current zip file. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.GlobalComment Reads the global comment of the zip archive. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemCRC Queries the checksum for a file. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemComment Queries the file comment of the given item. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemCompressedSize Queries compressed item size. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemCompressionMethod Queries the compression method used for this item. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemCount Queries number of items in the archive. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemDate Queries file date of item. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemDiskNumberStart Queries the disk number start. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemExternalFileAttributes Queries the external file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemFlag Queries the flags for this item. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemInternalFileAttributes Queries the internal file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemName Queries the file name of the given item. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileComment Queries the size of the comment in bytes. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileExtra Queries the size of extra file data. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileName Queries the size of the file name. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemUncompressedSize Queries uncompressed item size. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemVersion Queries the version number of the zip format used to create this entry. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ItemVersionNeeded Returns the version needed to uncompress this entry. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ReadAsFileContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with data. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ReadAsGIFContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with GIF data. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ReadAsHex Reads the file with given index as data and return hex text. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ReadAsJPEGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with JPEG data. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ReadAsPNGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with PNG data. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ReadAsText Reads the file with given index as text. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.ReadToFile Reads file from archive and writes it to a new file. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
UnZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for uncompressing. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
Unregister Unregisters the plugin license. | 1.6 |
✅ Server |
Updater.CheckForUpdates Explicitly checks for updates and displays a progress dialog while doing so. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
Updater.CheckForUpdatesInBackground Checks for updates, but does not display any UI unless an update is found. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
Updater.GetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates Queries whether automatic update check is enabled. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
Updater.LastUpdateCheckDate Queries the last update check timestamp. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
Updater.SetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates Turns automatically checking for updates on or off. | 6.5 |
❌ Server |
Version Useful for doing auto-updates from server and version checking. | 1.0 |
✅ Server |
VersionAutoUpdate Returns the version in the auto update format. e.g. 02040028 | 2.4 |
✅ Server |
Vision.RecognizeText Recognizes text. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
Vision.SupportedRecognitionLanguages Queries supported languages. | 9.4 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.Check Checks whether a web hook has been triggered. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.Create Creates a new web hook object. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetAutoAnswer Queries auto answer. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetCertificateFile Queries file path for certificate file. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetConnectionCounter Queries number of connections accepted. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetFileName Queries file name for the trigger script. | 11.5 |
❌ Server |
WebHook.GetMaximumRequestSize Queries maximum allowed request size. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetMode Queries keep open flag. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetPort Queries listening port for a web hook. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetPrivateKeyFile Queries file path for private key file. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetSSL Whether SSL is enabled. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetScriptName Queries script name for the trigger script. | 11.5 |
❌ Server |
WebHook.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetTimeOut Queries the timeout for the hook. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.GetWebRequestCounter Queries number of web requests created. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.List Lists all web hook objects with their reference numbers. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.Listen Starts listening for incoming requests on this port. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.SetAutoAnswer Sets auto answer text. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.SetMaximumRequestSize Sets maximum allowed request size. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.SetMode Sets mode flags. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.SetSSL Sets SSL certificate and key to use. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.SetScript Sets the script to call when request was received. | 11.5 |
❌ Server |
WebHook.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
WebHook.SetTimeOut Sets the timeout for the hook. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetBody Queries body for HTTP request. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetBodyAsContainer Queries body for HTTP request as container. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetBodySize Queries size of body in bytes. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetHTTPMethod Queries HTTP method for the request. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetHTTPVersion Queries HTTP method. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetHeaders Queries HTTP headers as JSON. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetHost Queries host name from HTTP headers. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetLocalIP Queries local IP for web hook. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetLocalPort Queries local port number | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetMode Queries mode of request. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetRawData Get raw data of full request. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetRemoteIP Queries remote IP address. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetRemotePort Queries remote port number. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetSSL Whether this web request comes in with SSL. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetSize Queries size of whole request. | 12.1 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetState Queries the state of the web request. | 12.0 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetURL Queries HTTP URL received. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.GetWebHook Queries the web hook for this web request. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.List Lists all web request objects with their reference numbers. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.Send Send custom answer. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
WebRequest.URLComponents Queries parsed URL components. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
WebView.AllCookies Returns all website cookies as JSON. | 8.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.CallFunction Calls a JavaScript function. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
WebView.ClearSelection Clears selection. | 7.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.ClickInput Clicks the specified Input Element. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Close Closes a custom web view. | 7.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Copy Copies current text selection to clipboard. | 7.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.CopyFormattedText Copies formatted text from web view to clipboard. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Create Creates a new web view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.CreateWithControl Creates a new web view inside the window with the given placeholder control. | 10.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Cut Cuts current text selection. | 7.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.EstimatedProgress Returns the estimated progress of the web viewer. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Evaluate Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
WebView.FindByName Returns a unique ID that references a the web viewer. | 1.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.FindWindowByIndex Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.FindWindowByTitle Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.FormReset Resets the Specified Form. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.FormSubmit Submits the specified Form | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetCustomUserAgent Queries the current custom user agent string. | 2.9 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetEditable Queries the editable state. | 3.0 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetForm Returns the name of the form with the given index. | 1.6 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetFormButtonValue Gets the value of the specified Button. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetFormCount Returns the number of forms on the website which is currently visible in the web viewer. | 1.6 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetFormInputChecked Returns the value of the specified check box or radiobutton. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetFormInputValue Returns the value of the specified Input Form. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetFormSelectOptions Queries the possible values of a select element. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetFormSelectValue Gets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetFormTextAreaValue Returns the value of the specified text area. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetFormValue Returns the value from the Specified Field. | 1.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetHTMLText Queries the current HTML of the document. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetImage Returns a property of the image with the given index. | 2.2 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetImageCount Returns the number of images on the current webpage. | 2.2 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetLink Returns a property of the link with the given index. | 1.8 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetLinkCount Returns the number of links on the current webpage. | 1.8 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetPlainText Queries the current text of the document. | 3.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetPreferences Queries WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetPrintParameter Queries print parameters. | 2.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetSource Queries the html source from the web viewer. | 1.5 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetTitle Returns the current title of the web page that is being displayed by the specified WebViewer. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GetURL Queries the current document URL in the WebViewer. | 2.2 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GoBack Moves backward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.GoForward Moves forward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.HasOnlySecureContent Queries whether website is secure. | 9.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.HasParent Checks whether WebView has parent control. | 12.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.InstallCallback Installs JavaScript callback into web viewer. | 1.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.IsLoading This function returns True if the Specified web viewer is still loading. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.LoadHTML Loads HTML string to WebViewer. | 3.0 |
❌ Server |
WebView.LoadJavascriptURL Loads the given JavaScript URL into the WebViewer. | 2.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.LoadURL Loads the given URL into the WebViewer. | 2.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Paste Pastes text from clipboard. | 7.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.PostURL Navigates to a resource identified by a URL or to a file identified by a full path. | 10.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Print Prints the current web view content. | 1.8 |
❌ Server |
WebView.PrintToFile Prints the current web view content to PDF file. | 4.0 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Release Releases a web viewer iD. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Reload Reloads the WebViewer. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.RenderImage Renders the WebViewer to a picture. | 2.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.RunJavaScript Executes the Javascript on the specified webViewer control. | 1.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.RunJavaScriptReturnTitle Run the specified JavaScript and then returns the value of the title property to FileMaker. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.Screenshot Takes a screenshot of the area used by the WebViewer. | 3.0 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SearchText Searches text in a WebViewer. | 2.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SelectAll Selects all text in web viewer. | 7.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SelectedText Queries text of current selection. | 5.0 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetCustomUserAgent Sets the custom user agent text. | 2.9 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetEditable Sets whether the web viewer allows the user to edit its HTML document. | 3.0 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetFocus Sets focus to web viewer. | 9.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetFormButtonValue Sets the value of a Button on the specified form | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetFormInputChecked Sets the value of the specified Check Box or Radiobutton. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetFormInputValue Sets the value of the specified input element | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetFormSelectValue Sets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetFormTextAreaValue Sets the value of a Text Area Element. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetFormValue Set the value of the specified Field in a WebViewer. | 1.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions web view to given placeholder control. | 10.3 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetPreferences Sets WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetPrintParameter Sets print parameters for Webview.Print method. | 2.1 |
❌ Server |
WebView.SetTitle Sets the title of the web page that is currently being displayed in the web Viewer. | 1.4 |
❌ Server |
WebView.StopLoading Stops loading all resources on the current page. | 9.3 |
❌ Server |
WinPDF.GeneratePreview Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
Window.Activate Activates the window. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
Window.ClearFocus Clears focus of Window. | 6.1 |
❌ Server |
Window.Current Queries the reference number of current window. | 5.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.DisableScrollbars Disables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.9 |
❌ Server |
Window.EnableScrollbars Enables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.9 |
❌ Server |
Window.Fade Fades window in or out. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
Window.FindByIndex Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.FindByTitle This function can be used to find the Reference to the window. | 1.1 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetAlpha Queries the current alpha value of the window. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetClassName Queries the internal class name for the window. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetCurrentTag Queries window tag for current window. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetHeight Queries height of a window. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetLeft Queries X coordinate of a window. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetTag Queries tag for window. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetTitle Get's the title of the window designated by the WindowRef. | 1.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetTop Queries Y coordinate of a window. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetTopMost Queries whether window is topmost. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.GetWidth Queries width of a window. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
Window.HasCloseButton You can control whether a Window has a close button or not. | 1.1 |
❌ Server |
Window.HasFormattingBar Queries whether window has a formatting bar. | 14.3 |
❌ Server |
Window.HasMiniaturizeButton This function returns the current state of the window's Miniaturize button. | 1.1 |
❌ Server |
Window.HasZoomButton You can control whether a Window has a Zoom button or not. | 1.1 |
❌ Server |
Window.Hide Hides the window Specified by the Window Reference | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.HideKeyboard Hides the keyboard. | 13.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.IsKeyboardVisible Checks whether keyboard viewer is visible. | 13.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.IsMaximized Queries window maximize state. | 9.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.IsMinimized Queries window minimize state. | 9.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.IsVisible Queries whether a window is visible. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.List Queries the list of FileMaker windows. | 3.3 |
❌ Server |
Window.Maximize Maximizes window. | 6.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.Minimize Minimizes window. | 6.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.ModalDialogFront Checks if there is a front dialog window. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
Window.Move Moves the window animated. | 2.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.Parent Queries the reference number of parent window. | 13.5 |
❌ Server |
Window.PositionNextDialog Sets location for next dialog. | 10.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.Resizable Queries whether window is resizable. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
Window.Resize Resizes the window animated. | 2.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.Screenshot Creates screenshot from a window. | 5.4 |
❌ Server |
Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.Scrollbar.set Scrolls to the given coordinates. | 6.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.ScrollbarsVisible Whether scrollbars are visible or not in this window. | 2.7 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetAlpha Set Alpha can be used to set the transparency of a window. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetBounds Sets the bounds of the window. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetCloseButton Switches the close button on the window on or off. | 1.1 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetCurrentTag Set window tag for current window. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetFocus Sets focus to the Window. | 8.5 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetMiniaturizeButton This function enables or disables the the Miniaturize Button on a window. | 1.1 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetResizable Sets whether window is resizable. | 2.4 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetTag Sets tag for window. | 6.3 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetTitle Set the title of the window designated by the WindowRef. | 1.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetTopMost Sets window to be topmost. | 4.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.SetZoomButton This function enables or disables the the Zoom Button on a window. | 1.1 |
❌ Server |
Window.Show Shows the window Specified by the Window Reference. | 1.0 |
❌ Server |
Window.ShowCharacterPalette Shows the standard character palette. | 7.2 |
❌ Server |
Window.ShowKeyboard Shows the keyboard viewer. | 9.5 |
❌ Server |
Window.TopHeight Queries window's toolbar height. | 8.3 |
❌ Server |
Window.Update Asks the window to redraw. | 2.8 |
❌ Server |
WordFile.Append Appends one word file text to other. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.AppendTableRow Duplicates and appends a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.Contains Checks if some text exists in the document. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.DuplicateTableRow Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.FieldNames Queries field names in the file. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.GetCaseless Queries caseless state. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.GetFieldText Queries field value. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.GetMediaFile Queries media file in word file. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.GetProperty New in 14.5 Queries a metadata property. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.GetXML Queries xml content of the word file. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.HasTag Checks if a tag exists. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.List Lists all IDs of word file objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.MediaFiles Queries list of media files in the word file. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.OpenContainer Opens a word file from container. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.OpenFile Opens a word file from file. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.OpenText Opens a word xml file from text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.Parts Queries names of the parts of the document. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.Release Frees the memory used for the word file. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.ReleaseAll Releases all word file objects. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.RemoveTableRow Removes a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.ReplaceTag Replaces a placeholder with text. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.SetCaseless Sets caseless state. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.SetFieldText Sets field value. | 7.5 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.SetMarkers Sets the markers to look for before/after a tag. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.SetMediaFile Sets a media file image. | 6.3 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.SetProperty New in 14.5 Sets a metadata property. | 14.5 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.SetXML Sets the xml for this word file. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.Substitute Replaces some text in the document with new text. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.Tags Queries list of tags. | 12.2 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.Texts Extracts text of word file. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.WriteContainer Writes a file to container. | 11.4 |
✅ Server |
WordFile.WriteFile Writes a file to disk. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
X509.Description Provides a description of the certificate. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.Duplicate Creates a copy of the certificate. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.IssuerName The issuer name. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.List Lists all IDs of X509 objects. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.Name The name of the certificate. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.Read Reads a PEM certificate from text. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.ReadFromContainer Reads a certificate from a container value. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.ReadFromFile Reads a certificate from a PEM file. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.Release Releases the certificate from memory. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.ReleaseAll Release all certificates. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
X509.SerialNumber Queries the serial number. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.ShowDialog Shows standard dialog with details. | 9.2 |
❌ Server |
X509.SubjectName The subject name. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.ValidNotAfter The date where the certificate expires. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
X509.ValidNotBefore The date where the certificate was created. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
X509.Version Queries the version of the file. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
X509.Write Writes certificate. | 9.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddConditionalFormat Adds a new conditional format to the workbook for using with conditional formatting rules. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddCustomNumFormat Adds a new custom number format to the workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddFont Adds a new font to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddFontFromBook Copies a font definition. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddFormat Adds a new format to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other format. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddFormatFromBook Copies a format definition. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddPictureContainer Adds a picture to the workbook from container. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddPictureFile Adds a picture to the workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.AddSheet Adds a new sheet to this book, returns the sheet index. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.BiffVersion Returns BIFF version of binary file. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.CustomNumFormat Returns a custom format string for specified custom format identifier. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.DeleteSheet Deletes a sheet with specified index. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.DeleteSheetsExcept Deletes all sheets except the one with given name. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.FontCount Returns a number of fonts in this book. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.FormatCount Returns a number of formats in this book. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetActiveSheet Returns an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetCalcMode Queries current calculation mode. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetCoreProperty New in 14.6 Queries a property. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetDefaultFontName Returns a default font name for this workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetDefaultFontSize Returns a default font size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetPicture Returns a picture at position index. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetPictureType Returns a picture type at position index. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetRGBMode Returns whether the RGB mode is active. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetRefR1C1 Returns whether the R1C1 reference mode is active. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.GetText Queries the text of a workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.InsertSheet Inserts a new sheet to this book at position index, returns the new sheet index. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.IsDate1904 Returns whether the 1904 date system is active. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.IsTemplate Returns whether the workbook is template. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.IsWriteProtected Queries whether the workbook is marked as read-only. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.MoveSheet Moves a sheet. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.Release Frees a workbook from memory. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.ReleaseAll Releases all books from memory. | 10.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.RemoveAllCoreProperties New in 14.6 Remove all workbook properties. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.RemoveAllPhonetics New in 14.6 Removes all phonetics data (furigana) from a workbook. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.RemovePrinterSettings Removes all printer settings from the workbook. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.RemoveVBA Removes all VBA scripts (macros) from the workbook. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.Save Writes excel file to container for storing in database. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SaveToFile Saves current workbook into xls-file. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SetActiveSheet Sets an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SetCalcMode Sets the current calculation mode. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SetCoreProperty New in 14.6 Sets a property. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SetDate1904 Sets the date system mode. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SetDefaultFont Sets a default font name and size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SetRGBMode Sets a RGB mode. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SetRefR1C1 Sets the R1C1 reference mode. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SetTemplate Sets the template flag. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SheetCount Queries how many sheets are part of the workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.SheetIndexForName Queries sheet index for sheet name. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.Sheets Queries list of sheet names. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
XL.Book.Version Queries version of XL library. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Color.Pack Packs red, green and blue components in color type. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Color.UnPack Unpacks color type to red, green and blue components. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.Font Returns the font for this format. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderBottom Returns the bottom border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderBottomColor Returns the color of the bottom border. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderLeft Returns the left border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderLeftColor Returns the color of the left border. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderRight Returns the right border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderRightColor Returns the color of the right border. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderTop Returns the top border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderTopColor Returns the color of the top border. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetCustomNumFormat Queries custom format string. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetFillPattern Returns the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetNumFormat Returns the number format identifier. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetPatternBackgroundColor Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.GetPatternForegroundColor Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorder Sets the border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderBottom Sets the bottom border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderBottomColor Sets the color of the bottom border. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderColor Sets the border color. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderLeft Sets the left border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderLeftColor Sets the color of the left border. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderRight Sets the right border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderRightColor Sets the color of the right border. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderTop Sets the top border style. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderTopColor Sets the color of the top border. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetCustomNumFormat Sets a custom number format. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetFillPattern Sets the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetNumFormat Sets the number format identifier. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetPatternBackgroundColor Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormat.SetPatternForegroundColor Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.Add2ColorScaleFormulaRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 2-color scale on the cells. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.Add2ColorScaleRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 2-color scale on the cells. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.Add3ColorScaleFormulaRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 3-color scale on the cells. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.Add3ColorScaleRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 3-color scale on the cells. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.AddAboveAverageRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells that are above or below the average for all values in the range. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.AddOpNumRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values are compared with a calculated result, using an operator. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.AddOpStrRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values are compared with a calculated result, using an operator. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.AddRange Adds a range to these conditional formatting rules. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.AddRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values correspond to the specified criteria. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.AddTimePeriodRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells containing dates in the specified time period. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.ConditionalFormating.AddTopRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values fall in the [top N] or [bottom N] bracket. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.CopyCellValue Copies one cell. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.CopyColumn Copies cells from one column to another column. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.CopyContent Copies all content from one book to other book. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.CopyRow Copies cells from one row to another row. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.CopySheet Copies a sheet to another book. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Date.DoubleToTimeStamp Converts a timestamp number to a timestamp value. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Date.Pack Packs date and time information into double type. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Date.TimeStampToDouble Converts a date to a numeric value for writing in a number cell. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Date.UnPack Unpacks date and time information from double type. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.GetBold Returns whether the font is bold. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.GetColor Returns the color of the font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.GetItalic Returns whether the font is italic. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.GetName Returns the name of the font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.GetScript Returns the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.GetSize Returns the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.GetStrikeOut Returns whether the font is strikeout. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.GetUnderline Returns the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.SetBold Turns on/off the bold font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.SetColor Sets the color of the font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.SetItalic Turns on/off the italic font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.SetName Sets the name of the font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.SetScript Sets the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.SetSize Sets the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.SetStrikeOut Turns on/off the strikeout font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Font.SetUnderline Sets the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.AddItem Adds the item to a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.AltText Returns alternative text for the object. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.ClearItems Clears all items from a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.DefaultSize Returns whether the object is at its default size. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.Disabled Returns whether the object is allowed to run an attached macro. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetChecked Queries the check state. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetDropLines Returns the number of lines in the drop-down before scroll bars are added. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetDx Returns the width of the scroll bar in pixels. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetFirstButton Returns whether the object is the first button in a set of radio buttons. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetFmlaGroup Queries group name. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetFmlaLink Returns the cell reference is linked to. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetFmlaRange Returns the cell reference with range of source data cells. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetFmlaTxbx Queries the source for the control. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetFromAnchor Returns the bottom right location of a control within a document. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetHoriz Returns whether the scroll bar is horizontal. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetInc Queries increment. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetMax Queries maximum value. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetMin Queries minimum value. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetMultiSel Returns the indices of selected items as a comma-delimited list. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetSet Queries the index of the selected item. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.GetToAnchor Returns the top left location of a control within a document. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.InsertItem Inserts the item to the specified position to a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.Item Returns the item by index from a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.ItemCount Returns the number of items in a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.JSON Queries form controls as JSON. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.LinkedCell Returns the worksheet range linked to the control's value. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.ListFillRange Returns the range of source data cells used to populate the list box. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.Locked Returns whether the object is locked when the sheet is protected. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.Macro Returns the custom function associated with the object. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.Name Returns the name for this embedded control. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.ObjectType Returns the form control object type. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.Print Returns whether the object is printed when the document is printed. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetChecked Sets the check state. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetDropLines Sets the number of lines in the drop-down before scroll bars are added. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetDx Sets the width of the scroll bar in pixels. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetFirstButton Sets whether the object is the first button in a set of radio buttons. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetFmlaGroup Sets the cell reference in a group box is linked to. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetFmlaLink Sets the cell reference is linked to. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetFmlaRange Sets the cell reference with range of source data cells. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetFmlaTxbx Sets the source. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetHoriz Sets whether the scroll bar is horizontal. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetInc Sets increment. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetMax Sets the maximum. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetMin Sets the minimum. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetMultiSel Sets the indices of selected items as a comma-delimited list. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.FormControl.SetSel Sets the index of the selected item. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetAlignH Returns the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetAlignV Returns the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderBottom Returns the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderBottomColor Returns the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonal Returns the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalColor Returns the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalStyle Gets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderLeft Returns the left border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderLeftColor Returns the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderRight Returns the right border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderRightColor Returns the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderTop Returns the top border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetBorderTopColor Returns the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetFillPattern Returns the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetFont Returns the font for this format. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetHidden Returns whether the hidden property is set to true. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetIndent Returns the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetLocked Returns whether the locked property is set to true. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetNumFormat Returns the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetPatternBackgroundColor Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetPatternForegroundColor Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetRotation Returns the text rotation. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetShrinkToFit Returns whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.GetWrap Returns whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetAlignH Sets the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetAlignV Sets the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorder Sets the border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderBottom Sets the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderBottomColor Sets the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderColor Sets the border color. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonal Sets the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalColor Sets the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalStyle Sets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderLeft Sets the left border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderLeftColor Sets the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderRight Sets the right border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderRightColor Sets the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderTop Sets the top border style. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetBorderTopColor Sets the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetFillPattern Sets the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetFont Sets the font for the format. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetHidden Sets the hidden property. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetIndent Sets the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetLocked Sets the locked property. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetNumFormat Sets the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetPatternBackgroundColor Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetPatternForegroundColor Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetRotation Sets the text rotation. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetShrinkToFit Sets the flag whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Format.SetWrap Sets the flag whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Initialize Initializes the XL library by loading it. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
XL.IsInitialized Checks if libXL library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.List Lists all IDs of current XL books. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.LoadBook Loads a Excel file. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
XL.LoadBookPartially Loads a Excel file partially. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.NewBook Creates a new workbook in memory. | 2.9 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AddConditionalFormatting Adds a conditional formatting rules to the sheet. | 14.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AddDataValidation Adds a data validation for the specified range. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AddHyperlink Adds the new hyperlink. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AddIgnoredError Adds the ignored error for specified range. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AddSelectionRange Adds a range to the selection. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AddrToRowCol Converts a cell reference to row and column. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.ApplyFilter Applies the AutoFilter to the sheet. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AreCellsEmpty Checks whether the cells in the given range are empty. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter Initializes the AutoFilter. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddFilter Adds the filter value. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddSort Adds the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Clear Clear the filter criteria. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.ColumnSize Returns the number of specified AutoFilter columns which have a filter information. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Filter Returns the filter value by index. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterSize Returns the number of filter values. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterType Returns the filter type of this AutoFilter column. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetCustomFilter Gets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetRef Gets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSort Gets the zero-based index of sorted column in AutoFilter and its sort order. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSortRange Gets the whole range of data to sort. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetTop10 Gets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetCustomFilter Sets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetRef Sets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetSort Sets the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetTop10 Sets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellIsDate Checks that cell contains a date or time value. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellIsFormula Checks that cell contains a formula. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellIsStyledText Queries whether cell has styled text. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadBlank Checks if cell is blank. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadBoolean Reads a boolean value from a cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadBooleans Reads all the boolean values in an area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadComment Reads a comment value from a cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadComments Reads all the comments from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadDate Reads a number value from a cell. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadDates Reads all the dates from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadFormula Reads the formula value from a cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadFormulas Reads all the formulas from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadNumber Reads a number value from a cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadNumbers Reads all the numbers from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadStyledText Reads a styled text value from a cell. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadText Reads a text value from a cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadTexts Reads all the texts from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadValue Reads a value value from a cell. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellReadValues Reads all the values from cells in an area. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellType Queries type of cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlank Writes a blank cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlanks Writes blanks to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteBoolean Writes a boolean value into cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteBooleans Writes booleans to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteComment Writes a comment to a cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteComments Writes comments to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteDate Writes a number into cell. | 5.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteDates Writes dates to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteError Writes error into the cell with specified format. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormula Writes a formula into cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaBoolean Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaNumber Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaText Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulas Writes formulas to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteMatrix Writes cell values from matrix. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumber Writes a number into cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumbers Writes numbers to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteStyledText Writes a styled text into a cell. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteText Writes a string into cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteTextAsNumber Writes a number into cell, but passes it as text. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CellWriteTexts Writes texts to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.Clear Clears cells in specified area. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.ClearPrintArea Clears the print area. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.ClearPrintRepeats Clears repeated rows and columns on each page. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.ColFormat New in 14.6 Returns column's format. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.CopyCell Copies cell with format from (rowSrc, colSrc) to (rowDst, colDst). | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.DefaultRowHeight Returns the default row height measured in point size. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.DelHyperlink Removes hyperlink by index. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.DelMergeByIndex Removes merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.DeleteMerge Removes merged cells. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.DeleteNamedRange Deletes the named range by name. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.FormControlCount Queries number of form controls. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetActiveCell Gets an active cell of the sheet. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetCellError Reads error from cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetCellErrors Reads all the errors from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetCellFormat Returns cell's format. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetCellFormats Reads all the formats from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetCellPicture Queries picture for a cell. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetColHidden Returns whether column is hidden. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetColWidth Returns column width in points. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetColWidthPixel Returns column width in pixel. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetDisplayGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are displayed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetFirstCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetFirstFilledCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetFirstFilledRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetFirstRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetFooter Returns the footer text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetFooterMargin Returns the footer margin in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryBelow Returns whether grouping rows summary is below. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryRight Returns whether grouping columns summary is right. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetHCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetHeader Returns the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetHeaderMargin Returns the header margin in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetHidden Returns whether sheet is hidden. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreak Returns row with horizontal page break at position index. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreakCount Returns a number of horizontal page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetLandscape Returns a page orientation mode. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetLastCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetLastFilledCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetLastFilledRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetLastRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetMarginBottom Returns the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetMarginLeft Returns the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetMarginRight Returns the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetMarginTop Returns the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetMerge Gets merged cells for cell at row, col. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetName Returns the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetNamedRange Gets the named range coordianates by name. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPaper Returns the paper size. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPicture Returns a workbook picture index at position index in worksheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPrintArea Gets the print area. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPrintFit Returns whether fit to page option is enabled. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPrintGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatCols Gets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatRows Gets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPrintRow Returns whether the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetPrintZoom Returns the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetProtect Returns whether sheet is protected. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetRowHeight Returns row height in points. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetRowHeightPixel Returns row height in pixels. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetRowHidden Returns whether row is hidden. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetTabColor Queries the sheet's tab color. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetTabColorRGB Queries the sheet's tab RGB color. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetText Queries the text of a sheet in a workbook. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetTopLeftView Extracts the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetVCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreak Returns column with vertical page break at position index. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreakCount Returns a number of vertical page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GetZoom Returns the zoom level of the current view as a percentage. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GroupCols Groups columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.GroupRows Groups rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.Hyperlink Gets the hyperlink and its coordianates by index. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.HyperlinkIndex Checks if the cell contains a hyperlink. | 13.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.HyperlinkSize Returns the number of hyperlinks in the sheet. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.InsertCol Inserts columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.InsertRow Inserts rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.IsAutoFilter Whether this sheet has an auto filter. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.Merge Gets the merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.MergeSize Returns a number of merged cells in this worksheet. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.NamedRange Gets the named range coordinates by index. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.NamedRangeCount Returns the number of named ranges in the sheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this worksheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.ReadCellsAsMatrix Reads all the values from cells in an area into a new matrix. | 13.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemoveCol Removes columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemoveComment Removes a comment from a cell. | 6.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemoveComments Removes comments in given area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemoveDataValidations Removes all data validations for the sheet. | 10.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemoveFilter Removes the AutoFilter from the sheet. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemovePicture Removes a picture from a cell. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemovePictureByIndex Removes a picture by index. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemoveRow Removes rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RemoveSelection Removes all selection. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RightToLeft Returns whether the text is displayed in right-to-left mode. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RowColToAddr Converts row and column to a cell reference. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.RowFormat New in 14.6 Returns row's format. | 14.6 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SelectionRange Returns a range of the selection. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetActiveCell Sets an active cell of the sheet. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetAutoFitArea Sets the borders for autofit column widths feature. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetCellFormat Sets cell's format. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetCellFormats Set cell formats in given area. | 8.0 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetCol Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetColHidden Hides or shows a column. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetColPx Sets column width in pixels and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetColumn Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetDefaultRowHeight Sets the default row height measured in point size. | 13.1 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetDisplayGridlines Sets gridlines for displaying. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetFooter Sets the footer text for the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryBelow Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryRight Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetHCenter Sets a flag that the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetHeader Sets the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetHidden Hides/unhides the sheet. Returns false if error occurs. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetHorPageBreak Sets/removes a horizontal page break. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetLandscape Sets landscape or portrait mode for printing. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetMarginBottom Sets the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetMarginLeft Sets the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetMarginRight Sets the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetMarginTop Sets the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetMerge Sets merged cells for range: rowFirst - rowLast, colFirst - colLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetName Sets the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetNamedRange Sets the named range. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPaper Sets the paper size. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithScale Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with scale factor and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithSize Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with custom size and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPrintArea Sets the print area. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPrintFit Fits sheet width and sheet height to wPages and hPages respectively. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPrintGridlines Sets gridlines for printing. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatCols Sets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatRows Sets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPrintRow Sets a flag that the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetPrintZoom Sets the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetProtect Protects/unprotects the sheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetProtectEx Protects/unprotects the sheet with password and enhanced parameters below. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetRightToLeft Sets the right-to-left mode. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetRow Sets row height and format. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetRowHidden Hides or shows a row. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetRowPx Sets column width in pixels and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 13.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetRows Sets row height and format for multiple rows. | 11.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetTabColor Sets the color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetTabColorRGB Sets the RGB color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetTopLeftView Sets the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetVCenter ets a flag that the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetVerPageBreak Sets/removes a vertical page break. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SetZoom Sets the zoom level of the current view. | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.Split Splits a sheet at position (row, col). | 3.5 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.SplitInfo Gets the split information (position of frozen pane) in the sheet. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.Table Gets the table parameters by index. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.TableSize Returns the number of tables in the sheet. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Sheet.Type Returns type of sheet with specified index. | 7.2 |
✅ Server |
XL.Uninitialize Uninitializes XL library. | 10.1 |
✅ Server |
XML.ApplyStylesheet Apply the stylesheet to the document (XSLT transform). | 8.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.ApplyStylesheet2 Apply the stylesheet to the document (XSLT transform). | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
XML.Canonical Creates canonical xml. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
XML.ClearVariables Clears the variables. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.Colorize Formats a XML string with color. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
XML.Compact Compacts XML document. | 10.2 |
✅ Server |
XML.DeletePath Delete a xml node. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.ExtractText Extracts the text from the XML tree. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.Format Formats XML document. | 6.2 |
✅ Server |
XML.GetAttribute Queries text of an attribute. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.GetPathValue Queries value in XML. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.GetSaveNoEmptyTags Queries whether to include close tags for empty nodes. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.HasAttribute Queries whether an attribute exists. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import Imports XML and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.ErrorCount Queries error counter. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.Errors Queries list of error messages. | 9.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.GetExtraFieldDefinitions Queries the extra field definitions. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.SetBaseFields Sets the names of the base fields per record. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.SetExtraField Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | 7.1 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.SetExtraFieldDefinitions Sets the extra field definitions. | 13.5 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | 5.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.Import.Work Performs import. | 5.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.InsertRecords Imports records from XML file. | 13.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.ItemRefs Queries entries from XML nodes. | 11.5 |
✅ Server |
XML.List Lists all IDs of current XML objects. | 12.5 |
✅ Server |
XML.ListAttributes Lists attribute names. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.NodeCount Counts nodes with given name. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.NodeNames Queries list of node names in an XML. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.Parse Parses a XML document. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.Query Performs an XPath query. | 3.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.ReadContainer Reads container content as XML. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.ReadFile Reads a file as XML. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.Release Releases an XML object. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.ReleaseAll Releases all XML objects. | 7.3 |
✅ Server |
XML.SetPathCData Sets path value with CData. | 11.1 |
✅ Server |
XML.SetPathValue Sets a xml node. | 7.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.SetPathXML Sets path value with XML sub tree. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
XML.SetSaveNoEmptyTags Sets whether to include close tags for empty nodes. | 12.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.SetVariables Creates local variables in script for XML nodes. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.SubTree Extracts a given subtree. | 7.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.Tidy Performs tidy on XML. | 14.4 |
✅ Server |
XML.ToHTML Converts XML to HTML. | 14.0 |
✅ Server |
XML.ToJSON Converts XML to JSON. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
XML.Validate Validates XML against schema. | 8.1 |
✅ Server |
XML.ValidateFile Validates XML against schema. | 8.2 |
✅ Server |
ZipFile.CRCFile Calculates CRC of a file. | 4.3 |
✅ Server |
ZipFile.Close Closes the zip archive. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
ZipFile.SetCompressionLevel Sets the compression level. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
ZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for compressing. | 5.1 |
✅ Server |
ZipFile.WriteContainer Writes a file to the zip archive with content from a container. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
ZipFile.WriteFile Reads a file and writes it to the zip archive. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
ZipFile.WriteHex Writes data into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
ZipFile.WriteText Writes a text into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
✅ Server |
4678 functions shown.
These functions require a license (65%).